WO2023199158A1 - Power storage module - Google Patents

Power storage module Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023199158A1
WO2023199158A1 PCT/IB2023/053316 IB2023053316W WO2023199158A1 WO 2023199158 A1 WO2023199158 A1 WO 2023199158A1 IB 2023053316 W IB2023053316 W IB 2023053316W WO 2023199158 A1 WO2023199158 A1 WO 2023199158A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal
power storage
storage device
electrically connected
secondary battery
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/IB2023/053316
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
片桐治樹
塚本洋介
長多剛
Original Assignee
株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 filed Critical 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所
Publication of WO2023199158A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023199158A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01MPROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
    • H01M10/00Secondary cells; Manufacture thereof
    • H01M10/42Methods or arrangements for servicing or maintenance of secondary cells or secondary half-cells
    • H01M10/48Accumulators combined with arrangements for measuring, testing or indicating the condition of cells, e.g. the level or density of the electrolyte
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01MPROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
    • H01M50/00Constructional details or processes of manufacture of the non-active parts of electrochemical cells other than fuel cells, e.g. hybrid cells
    • H01M50/20Mountings; Secondary casings or frames; Racks, modules or packs; Suspension devices; Shock absorbers; Transport or carrying devices; Holders
    • H01M50/204Racks, modules or packs for multiple batteries or multiple cells
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01MPROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
    • H01M50/00Constructional details or processes of manufacture of the non-active parts of electrochemical cells other than fuel cells, e.g. hybrid cells
    • H01M50/50Current conducting connections for cells or batteries
    • H01M50/572Means for preventing undesired use or discharge
    • H01M50/574Devices or arrangements for the interruption of current
    • H01M50/581Devices or arrangements for the interruption of current in response to temperature
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H02GENERATION; CONVERSION OR DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRIC POWER
    • H02HEMERGENCY PROTECTIVE CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS
    • H02H5/00Emergency protective circuit arrangements for automatic disconnection directly responsive to an undesired change from normal non-electric working conditions with or without subsequent reconnection
    • H02H5/04Emergency protective circuit arrangements for automatic disconnection directly responsive to an undesired change from normal non-electric working conditions with or without subsequent reconnection responsive to abnormal temperature
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H02GENERATION; CONVERSION OR DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRIC POWER
    • H02HEMERGENCY PROTECTIVE CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS
    • H02H7/00Emergency protective circuit arrangements specially adapted for specific types of electric machines or apparatus or for sectionalised protection of cable or line systems, and effecting automatic switching in the event of an undesired change from normal working conditions
    • H02H7/18Emergency protective circuit arrangements specially adapted for specific types of electric machines or apparatus or for sectionalised protection of cable or line systems, and effecting automatic switching in the event of an undesired change from normal working conditions for batteries; for accumulators
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H02GENERATION; CONVERSION OR DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRIC POWER
    • H02JCIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS OR SYSTEMS FOR SUPPLYING OR DISTRIBUTING ELECTRIC POWER; SYSTEMS FOR STORING ELECTRIC ENERGY
    • H02J7/00Circuit arrangements for charging or depolarising batteries or for supplying loads from batteries
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02EREDUCTION OF GREENHOUSE GAS [GHG] EMISSIONS, RELATED TO ENERGY GENERATION, TRANSMISSION OR DISTRIBUTION
    • Y02E60/00Enabling technologies; Technologies with a potential or indirect contribution to GHG emissions mitigation
    • Y02E60/10Energy storage using batteries

Definitions

  • the invention disclosed in this specification etc. (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "the present invention” in this specification etc.) relates to a power storage device, a secondary battery, etc. In particular, it relates to lithium ion batteries.
  • the present invention relates to a product, a method, or a manufacturing method.
  • the invention relates to a process, machine, manufacture, or composition of matter.
  • the present invention relates to a semiconductor device, a display device, a light emitting device, a power storage device, a lighting device, an electronic device, a vehicle, or a manufacturing method thereof.
  • lithium-ion batteries with high output and high energy density are used in mobile phones, smartphones, portable information terminals such as notebook computers, portable music players, digital cameras, medical equipment, hybrid vehicles (HVs), and electric vehicles.
  • HVs hybrid vehicles
  • electric vehicles such as EVs (EVs) and plug-in hybrid vehicles (PHVs) has rapidly expanded, and they have become essential in today's information society as a source of repeatedly rechargeable energy. It has become a thing.
  • a power storage device (sometimes referred to as a battery, a secondary battery, etc.) has charging characteristics and/or discharge characteristics that vary depending on a battery charging environment and/or a battery discharging environment. For example, it is known that the discharge capacity of lithium ion batteries decreases in a low temperature environment, that is, when the temperature of the battery is low.
  • Patent Document 1 discloses a power storage module in which a heater is installed adjacent to a power storage device and the heater heats the power storage device.
  • the power storage module further includes a temperature sensor that is placed adjacent to the power storage device and detects the temperature of the power storage device, and a control circuit into which information about the temperature of the power storage device detected by the temperature sensor is input, and the control circuit is disclosed to control turning on and off of the heater.
  • control circuit In a power storage module having such a configuration, the control circuit needs to operate stably in order to appropriately control the temperature of the power storage device.
  • ICs such as microcontrollers that are often used in control circuits may not operate properly due to problems such as latch-up. If the control circuit does not operate normally as described above, the heater adjacent to the power storage device cannot be controlled, and even if the power storage device reaches a dangerous temperature, the heater may continue to heat the power storage device. Furthermore, if such a state continues, there is a risk that it may lead to an accident such as the power storage device catching fire.
  • one of the challenges is to suppress accidents such as ignition of the power storage device due to defects (such as latch-up) in the control circuit of the power storage module.
  • one of the objects is to provide a power storage module that can passively restart a control circuit when a latch-up occurs in a control circuit included in the power storage module.
  • One embodiment of the present invention includes a power storage device, a PTC (Positive Temperature Coefficient) element, an IC, a first external terminal, and a second external terminal, and the power storage device has a positive terminal and a negative terminal.
  • the PTC element has a first terminal and a second terminal
  • the IC has a third terminal and a fourth terminal
  • the first terminal is electrically connected to the positive terminal and the first external terminal
  • the second terminal is electrically connected to the third terminal
  • the fourth terminal is electrically connected to the negative terminal and the second external terminal.
  • It is a power storage module that is connected to
  • the PTC element is preferably an overcurrent protection element.
  • Another aspect of the present invention includes a power storage device, a PTC element, an IC, an NTC element, a first external terminal, and a second external terminal
  • the power storage device includes a positive terminal and the PTC element has a first terminal and a second terminal; the IC has a third terminal and a fourth terminal; The terminal is electrically connected to the positive terminal and the first external terminal, the second terminal is electrically connected to the third terminal, and the fourth terminal is electrically connected to the negative terminal and the second external terminal.
  • the NTC element is a power storage module that is electrically connected to the IC.
  • the PTC element is preferably an overcurrent protection element
  • the NTC element is preferably a temperature sensor
  • Another aspect of the present invention includes a power storage device, a first PTC element, an IC, an NTC element, a second PTC element, a first external terminal, and a second external terminal.
  • the power storage device has a positive terminal and a negative terminal
  • the first PTC element has a first terminal and a second terminal
  • the IC has a third terminal
  • a fourth terminal the first terminal is electrically connected to the positive terminal and the first external terminal
  • the second terminal is electrically connected to the third terminal
  • the fourth terminal is electrically connected to the positive terminal and the first external terminal.
  • the terminal is electrically connected to the negative terminal and the second external terminal
  • the NTC element is electrically connected to the IC
  • the second PTC element is electrically connected to the IC.
  • the first PTC element is an overcurrent protection element.
  • the NTC element is a temperature sensor and the second PTC element is a heater.
  • the IC is preferably a battery control IC.
  • the IC is preferably a battery protection IC.
  • the IC preferably includes a microcontroller.
  • the microcontroller preferably has a CPU, a memory, a clock generation circuit, an input section, and an output section.
  • one embodiment of the present invention includes a power storage device, an IC, a PTC element, and a first external terminal, the power storage device is electrically connected to the PTC element and the external terminal, and the IC is electrically connected to the PTC element and the external terminal.
  • a power storage module that is electrically connected to a power storage device via a PTC element, and when an abnormality occurs in the IC and overcurrent flows through the IC and the PTC element, the PTC element overheats and the resistance value decreases.
  • the temperature of the PTC element decreases, the resistance of the PTC element decreases and the current flows through the PTC element, causing the IC to stop.
  • latch-up can be cited as an abnormality in the IC.
  • accidents such as ignition of a power storage device due to a malfunction (such as latch-up) of an IC included in a control circuit of a power storage module can be suppressed.
  • a power storage module that can passively restart (reset) the control circuit when latch-up occurs in an IC included in the control circuit of the power storage module.
  • FIGS. 1A and 1B are diagrams illustrating a configuration example of a power storage module.
  • 2A to 2C are diagrams illustrating a PTC element.
  • FIG. 3 is a diagram illustrating an operation flow when a malfunction occurs in the IC included in the control circuit of the power storage module.
  • FIGS. 4A and 4B are diagrams illustrating a configuration example of a power storage module.
  • 5A and 5B are diagrams illustrating a configuration example of a power storage module.
  • 6A to 6D are diagrams illustrating the TCO element.
  • 7A to 7E are diagrams illustrating the TCO element.
  • FIGS. 8A and 8B are diagrams illustrating a configuration example of a power storage module.
  • 9A to 9C are diagrams illustrating a configuration example of a power storage module.
  • FIGS. 10A and 10B are diagrams illustrating a configuration example of a power storage module.
  • FIGS. 11A and 11B are diagrams illustrating a configuration example of a power storage module.
  • FIGS. 12A to 12D are diagrams illustrating configuration examples of power storage modules.
  • FIG. 13 is a diagram illustrating a configuration example of a power storage module.
  • FIG. 14 is a diagram illustrating a configuration example of a power storage module.
  • FIG. 15 is a diagram illustrating a configuration example of a power storage module.
  • FIG. 16A is an exploded perspective view of a coin-type secondary battery
  • FIG. 16B is a perspective view of the coin-type secondary battery
  • FIG. 16C is a cross-sectional perspective view thereof.
  • FIG. 16A is an exploded perspective view of a coin-type secondary battery
  • FIG. 16B is a perspective view of the coin-type secondary battery
  • FIG. 16C is a cross-sectional perspective view thereof.
  • FIG. 16A
  • FIG. 17A shows an example of a cylindrical secondary battery.
  • FIG. 17B shows an example of a cylindrical secondary battery.
  • FIG. 17C shows an example of a plurality of cylindrical secondary batteries.
  • FIG. 17D shows an example of a power storage system including a plurality of cylindrical secondary batteries.
  • 18A and 18B are diagrams illustrating an example of a secondary battery
  • FIG. 18C is a diagram illustrating the inside of the secondary battery.
  • 19A to 19C are diagrams illustrating examples of secondary batteries.
  • FIG. 20A and FIG. 20B are diagrams showing the appearance of the secondary battery.
  • 21A to 21C are diagrams illustrating a method for manufacturing a secondary battery.
  • 22A to 22C show configuration examples of battery packs.
  • FIG. 23A is a perspective view of a battery module showing one embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 23B is a block diagram of the battery module
  • FIG. 23C is a block diagram of a vehicle having the battery module.
  • 24A to 24D are diagrams illustrating an example of a transportation vehicle.
  • FIG. 24E is a diagram illustrating an example of an artificial satellite.
  • 25A and 25B are diagrams illustrating a power storage device according to one embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 26A is a diagram showing an electric bicycle
  • FIG. 26B is a diagram showing a secondary battery of the electric bicycle
  • FIG. 26C is a diagram explaining a scooter.
  • 27A to 27D are diagrams illustrating an example of an electronic device.
  • FIG. 28A shows an example of a wearable device
  • FIG. 28B shows a perspective view of a wristwatch-type device
  • FIG. 28C is a diagram illustrating a side view of the wristwatch-type device.
  • ordinal numbers such as “first” and “second” are used for convenience, and do not limit the number of components or the order of the components (for example, the order of steps or the order of lamination). It's not something you do. Further, the ordinal number attached to a constituent element in a certain part of this specification may not match the ordinal number attached to the constituent element in another part of this specification or in the claims.
  • film and “layer” can be interchanged depending on the situation or circumstances.
  • conductive layer can be changed to the term “conductive film.”
  • insulating film can be changed to the term “insulating layer.”
  • a gate electrode on a gate insulating film does not exclude the inclusion of other components between the gate insulating film and the gate electrode.
  • electrode and “wiring” do not functionally limit these components.
  • an “electrode” may be used as part of a “wiring” and vice versa.
  • the terms “electrode” and “wiring” include cases where a plurality of “electrodes” and “wiring” are formed integrally.
  • source and drain may be interchanged when transistors with different polarities are employed, or when the direction of current changes during circuit operation. Therefore, in this specification, the terms “source” and “drain” can be used interchangeably.
  • electrically connected includes a case where the two are connected via "something that has some kind of electrical effect.”
  • something that has some kind of electrical effect is not particularly limited as long as it enables transmission and reception of electrical signals between connected objects.
  • something that has some kind of electrical action includes electrodes, wiring, switching elements such as transistors, resistance elements, inductors, capacitors, and other elements with various functions.
  • FIGS. 1A and 1B illustrate a configuration example of a power storage module 100 according to one embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 1A shows a power storage device 10, a heater 21, a temperature sensor 22, an IC (Integrated Circuit) 31, and a PTC (Positive Temperature Coefficient) element 32 included in a power storage module 100.
  • Power storage device 10 has a positive terminal 11 and a negative terminal 12.
  • the power storage device 10 refers to one battery or two or more batteries.
  • a combination of two or more batteries, that is, a plurality of batteries, can also be called an assembled battery. Therefore, when power storage device 10 is composed of one battery, positive terminal 11 and negative terminal 12 are the positive terminal (terminal with higher potential) and negative terminal (terminal with lower potential) of the battery. It refers to Further, when the power storage device 10 is a battery pack, the terminal with the highest potential in the battery pack is called the positive terminal 11, and the terminal with the lowest potential is called the negative terminal 12.
  • heater 21 and temperature sensor 22 are preferably installed adjacent to power storage device 10.
  • heater 21 and temperature sensor 22 do not necessarily need to be in direct contact with power storage device 10 .
  • heater 21 does not necessarily need to be in direct contact with power storage device 10 as long as it is installed inside power storage module 100 at a position where power storage device 10 can be heated.
  • temperature sensor 22 does not necessarily need to be in direct contact with power storage device 10 as long as it is installed at a position where it can measure the temperature of power storage device 10 .
  • Heater 21 is electrically connected to IC 31. Further, the temperature sensor 22 is electrically connected to the IC 31. Further, the PTC element 32 is connected to the IC 31.
  • the IC 31 and the PTC element 32 are preferably provided on the circuit board 30.
  • the circuit board 30 also includes one or more of a field effect transistor (FET), a resistance element, a thermal cut off (TCO) element, etc., which will be described later. can be provided.
  • FET field effect transistor
  • TCO thermal cut off
  • FIG. 1B is a circuit diagram showing the electrical connection relationship among power storage device 10, heater 21, temperature sensor 22, IC 31, and PTC element 32 included in power storage module 100. Although not shown in FIG. 1A, FIG. 1B shows external terminals 51 and 52 that the power storage module 100 has.
  • External terminal 51 is electrically connected to positive terminal 11 of power storage device 10
  • external terminal 52 is electrically connected to negative terminal 12 of power storage device 10
  • the power storage module 100 is electrically connected to a power consumption unit included in an electronic device, a vehicle, or the like including the power storage module 100 at the external terminals 51 and 52 .
  • the power consumption unit refers to, for example, a CPU, a memory, a display, an inverter, etc. in an electronic device, and a motor, a light, a power steering, an inverter, etc. in a vehicle.
  • the positive electrode terminal 11 is electrically connected to the external terminal 51, and the negative electrode terminal 12 is electrically connected to the external terminal 52. Further, the positive electrode terminal 11 is electrically connected to one terminal of the PTC element 32. The other terminal of the PTC element 32 is electrically connected to the power supply potential terminal (VCC terminal) of the IC 31 , and the ground potential terminal (GND terminal) of the IC 31 is electrically connected to the negative terminal 12 .
  • one terminal of the heater 21 is electrically connected to the IC 31, and the other terminal of the heater 21 is electrically connected to the negative electrode terminal 12.
  • one terminal of the temperature sensor 22 is electrically connected to the IC 31, and the other terminal of the temperature sensor 22 is electrically connected to the negative electrode terminal 12.
  • a PTC thermistor can be used as the heater 21.
  • a resistance element whose resistance is substantially constant regardless of temperature may be used as the heater 21.
  • a configuration can be adopted in which the outside of power storage device 10 is directly heated using plate-shaped heater 21.
  • a configuration may be adopted in which heat emitted from heater 21 is transferred to power storage device 10 via a heat medium to indirectly heat power storage device 10.
  • a solid member with high heat conductivity such as metal may be used as the heat medium.
  • a liquid medium or a gas medium may be used as the heat medium.
  • an NTC thermistor (NTC: Negative Temperature Coefficient) is used. That is, an NTC element can be used as the temperature sensor 22.
  • An NTC thermistor is a thermistor whose resistance decreases with increasing temperature.
  • the temperature sensor 22 is not limited to the NTC thermistor, and other types of temperature sensors such as a PTC thermistor and a thermocouple may be used.
  • PTC element An example of a PTC element that can be used as the PTC element 32 will be described using FIGS. 2A to 2C.
  • FIG. 2A is a perspective view schematically showing an example of the structure of the PTC element 32.
  • the PTC element 32 includes an electrode plate 211, an electrode plate 212, a variable resistance layer 213, a terminal 214, and a terminal 215.
  • the variable resistance layer 213 is sandwiched between the electrode plate 211 and the electrode plate 212, one surface of the variable resistance layer 213 is in contact with the electrode plate 211, and the other surface of the variable resistance layer 213 is in contact with the electrode plate 212.
  • Electrode plate 211 is connected to terminal 214, and electrode plate 212 is connected to terminal 215.
  • the temperature characteristics of the variable resistance layer 213 have a positive temperature coefficient such that the electrical resistance increases rapidly above a predetermined temperature (Curie temperature (also referred to as Curie point) Tc).
  • a predetermined temperature Curie temperature (also referred to as Curie point) Tc).
  • a polymer molded body containing a thermoplastic resin and conductive fine particles can be used.
  • a ceramic molded body containing barium titanate (TiBaO 3 ) to which a trace amount of a rare earth element is added can be used.
  • the PTC element 32 described in FIG. 2A has the characteristics shown in FIGS. 2B and 2C.
  • FIG. 2B is a graph showing the relationship between temperature and resistance of the PTC element 32.
  • the PTC element 32 has a positive temperature coefficient such that the electrical resistance rapidly increases above a predetermined temperature. Therefore, when a constant voltage is applied across the PTC element 32, when the temperature of the PTC element 32 rises above a predetermined temperature, the resistance of the PTC element 32 increases rapidly, and the current decreases rapidly. When the temperature further increases, the electrical resistance of the PTC element 32 increases to the extent that no current substantially flows. That is, the PTC element 32 is an overheat protection element that has a function (also referred to as an overheat protection function) of cutting off current when overheating occurs.
  • a function also referred to as an overheat protection function
  • the PTC element 32 is an overcurrent protection element that has a function (also referred to as an overcurrent protection function) of blocking the current when an overcurrent flows through the PTC element 32.
  • FIG. 2C is a graph showing the relationship between time and current when an overcurrent flows through the PTC element 32.
  • a current value exhibiting the behavior shown in FIG. 2C is sometimes called a trip current value. That is, the above-mentioned overcurrent refers to a current larger than the trip current value.
  • the PTC element 32 is an element having an overheat protection function and an overcurrent protection function.
  • the PTC element 32 can be said to be an overheat protection element and an overcurrent protection element.
  • the positive terminal 11 is electrically connected to one terminal of the PTC element 32, and the other terminal of the PTC element 32 is electrically connected to the VCC terminal of the IC 31.
  • the IC 31 is electrically connected to the positive terminal 11 via the PTC element 32.
  • the IC 31 can have terminals other than the VCC terminal and GND terminal shown above.
  • the IC 31 may have any one or more of a terminal for voltage measurement, a terminal for current measurement, a terminal for controlling the gate of an FET, and a terminal for communication as a terminal other than the VCC terminal and the GND terminal. You can have more than one.
  • a terminal refers to a part that electrically connects a power storage device, an IC, a PTC element, etc.
  • the shape of the terminal is not particularly limited.
  • Terminals of various shapes can be used, such as terminals and lands (also referred to as pads).
  • a part of the battery's exterior may function as a positive terminal or a negative terminal, and in such cases, a part of the battery's exterior may function as a positive or negative terminal. It is possible to use
  • IC 31 has a protection function and a control function for power storage device 10.
  • the protection function may include one or more of battery overcharge protection, overdischarge protection, overcharge current protection, overdischarge current protection, and overtemperature protection, which the power storage device 10 has. can.
  • the control function may include one or more of charging control, discharging control, and cell balance control.
  • the IC 31 is preferably a battery control IC.
  • the IC 31 is preferably a battery protection IC. Note that when the IC 31 has a function mainly for cell balance control, the IC 31 can also be called a cell balance control IC.
  • the IC 31 has a function as a microcontroller.
  • the IC 31 has a CPU, a memory, a clock generation circuit, an input section, and an output section.
  • the input section and the output section may be collectively referred to as an I/O section.
  • the IC 31 can operate according to a program stored in the memory. For example, when IC 31 detects through temperature sensor 22 that the temperature of power storage device 10 is below a predetermined temperature, IC 31 can operate heater 21 based on the detected temperature information. Furthermore, when IC 31 detects through temperature sensor 22 that the temperature of power storage device 10 is equal to or higher than a predetermined temperature, IC 31 can stop heater 21 based on the detected temperature information.
  • the IC 31 shown in the above example can control the heater 21 and the temperature sensor 22 when the IC 31 is operating normally, but when the IC 31 is not operating normally, the heater 21 and the temperature sensor 22 cannot be controlled. there is a possibility. If heater 21 and temperature sensor 22 cannot be controlled, the temperature of power storage device 10 may reach a dangerous temperature.
  • Latch-up refers to a state in which a parasitic transistor (parasitic thyristor) included in an IC becomes uncontrollable while remaining in an on state, and current continues to flow through the IC. Note that in order to eliminate latch-up and normalize the IC, it is necessary to cut off the current to the IC and then turn it on again.
  • IC 31 included in power storage module 100 is electrically connected to positive electrode terminal 11 via PTC element 32 .
  • current is flowing through the IC 31 via the PTC element 32.
  • the PTC element 32 can interrupt the current flowing to the IC 31. In other words, it is possible to normalize the IC 31 in which latch-up has occurred. The details will be explained using FIG. 3.
  • FIG. 3 a case is assumed in which power storage device 10 is electrically connected to IC 31 while storing power (not in a completely discharged state).
  • step S1 IC 31, PTC element 32, and power storage device 10 are electrically connected.
  • IC 31 receives power supply from power storage device 10 via PTC element 32 .
  • the IC 31 is activated and enters a normal operating state as shown in step S2.
  • an abnormal current flows through the IC 31 and the PTC element 32 (step S4).
  • the abnormal current refers to a current larger than the upper limit current when the IC 31 is operating normally. In other words, this is an abnormally large current that does not flow when the IC 31 is operating normally.
  • the value of the trip current of the PTC element 32 is set to be larger than the upper limit current value when the IC 31 is operating normally, and smaller than the abnormal current value when the IC 31 has latch-up.
  • the current of the PTC element 32 suddenly decreases as shown in the time-current characteristics shown in FIG. 2C. That is, as a current larger than the trip current value flows through the PTC element 32, the temperature of the PTC element 32 rises and the resistance increases (step S5). As a result, the current flowing through the IC 31 suddenly decreases, and the operation of the IC 31 is stopped (step S6).
  • step S8 when the temperature of the PTC element 32 decreases (if the selection in step S7 is YES), the resistance of the PTC element 32 decreases (step S8).
  • the IC 31 is restarted (step S9). In this way, the IC 31 can return to the normal operating state of step S2.
  • the PTC element 32 when latch-up occurs in the IC 31 included in the power storage module, the PTC element 32 can interrupt the current flowing to the IC 31, and then As the temperature of the PTC element 32 decreases, it is possible to restart the power supply to the IC 31 and return the IC 31 to a normal state.
  • IC latch-up may be caused by high-energy particle radiation.
  • the possibility of latch-up caused by radiation from high-energy particles is low, but in outer space (outside the Earth's atmosphere), nuclear power plants, etc., latch-up caused by radiation from high-energy particles can occur. It is assumed that there are cases in which the increase cannot be ignored. Therefore, the power storage module 100 of one embodiment of the present invention is suitable for electronic devices and vehicles used in environments where there may be a lot of high-energy particle radiation, such as outer space (outside the Earth's atmosphere) and nuclear power plants. It can be said that it is.
  • radiation includes electromagnetic radiation (for example, X-rays and gamma rays) and particle radiation (for example, alpha rays, beta rays, neutron rays, proton rays, and neutron rays).
  • FIGS. 4A to 15 Modifications of the power storage module 100 will be described using FIGS. 4A to 15. In the following description, parts that overlap with those shown in FIG. 1B will be referred to, and the description may be omitted.
  • FIG. 4A is a circuit diagram showing a modification of power storage module 100 shown in FIG. 1B.
  • FIG. 1B shows a configuration in which the IC 31 and the heater 21 are electrically connected and the IC 31 directly controls the operation and stop of the heater 21, as shown in FIG. It's okay.
  • the positive terminal 11 is electrically connected to the external terminal 51, and the negative terminal 12 is electrically connected to the external terminal 52. Further, the positive electrode terminal 11 is electrically connected to one terminal of the PTC element 32. The other terminal of the PTC element 32 is electrically connected to the VCC terminal of the IC 31, and the GND terminal of the IC 31 is electrically connected to the negative terminal 12.
  • power storage module 100 when describing matters common to power storage module 100, power storage module 100A, power storage modules 100B, 100C, etc. described later, they may be referred to as power storage module 100.
  • one terminal of the heater 21 is electrically connected to one of the source and drain of the FET 33, the other of the source and drain of the FET 33 is electrically connected to the positive terminal 11, and the gate of the FET 33 is electrically connected to the IC 31.
  • the other terminal of the heater 21 is electrically connected to the negative terminal 12 .
  • one terminal of the temperature sensor 22 is electrically connected to the IC 31, and the other terminal of the temperature sensor 22 is electrically connected to the negative electrode terminal 12.
  • FIG. 4B is a circuit diagram showing a modification of power storage module 100B shown in FIG. 1B, which includes a resistance element 34 for current detection.
  • the positive terminal 11 is electrically connected to one terminal of the resistive element 34
  • the other terminal of the resistive element 34 is electrically connected to the external terminal 51
  • the negative terminal 12 is electrically connected to the external terminal 51. is electrically connected to the external terminal 52.
  • the other terminal of the resistance element 34 is electrically connected to one terminal of the PTC element 32.
  • the other terminal of the PTC element 32 is electrically connected to the VCC terminal of the IC 31, and the GND terminal of the IC 31 is electrically connected to the negative terminal 12.
  • each of one terminal and the other terminal of the resistance element 34 is electrically connected to the IC 31.
  • FIG. 5A is a circuit diagram showing a modification of power storage module 100 shown in FIG. 1B.
  • the power storage module 100C shown in FIG. 5A includes a TCO (Thermal Cut Off) element 35.
  • the TCO element 35 has a function of cutting off current when the temperature is higher than a predetermined temperature.
  • one terminal of TCO element 35 is electrically connected to positive terminal 11 of power storage device 10
  • the other terminal of TCO element 35 is electrically connected to external terminal 51 and one terminal of PTC element 32. connected. That is, compared to the power storage module 100 shown in FIG. 1B, the TCO element 35 is located between the positive terminal 11 and the external terminal 51, and between the positive terminal 11 and the PTC element 32. It is preferable that TCO element 35 be provided adjacent to power storage device 10 . By providing the TCO element 35 adjacent to the power storage device 10, it is possible to cut off the charging current to the power storage device 10 and the discharge current from the power storage device 10 when the power storage device 10 overheats. It becomes possible.
  • FIG. 5B is a circuit diagram showing a modification of the power storage module 100A shown in FIG. 4A.
  • Power storage module 100D shown in FIG. 5B includes TCO element 35.
  • one terminal of TCO element 35 is electrically connected to positive electrode terminal 11, one terminal of PTC element 32, and external terminal 51. Further, the other terminal of the TCO element 35 is electrically connected to one of the source and drain of the FET 33. That is, compared to the power storage module 100A shown in FIG. 4A, the TCO element 35 is located between the positive electrode terminal 11 and the FET 33. With such a configuration, overcurrent flowing through the heater 21 can be suppressed.
  • FIG. 6A is a top view of the TCO element 35.
  • the TCO element 35 includes an exterior body 64 and terminals 61 and 62 extending from the inside of the exterior body 64 to the outside.
  • FIG. 6B and 6C are cross-sectional views of the TCO element 35 taken along the dashed line AB in FIG. 6A.
  • FIG. 6B shows a state in which the terminals 61 and 62 of the TCO element 35 are in contact, and this state is referred to as state X.
  • FIG. 6B shows a state in which the terminals 61 and 62 of the TCO element 35 are not in contact with each other (separated from each other), and this state is referred to as state Y.
  • the TCO element 35 is in either state X or state Y described above depending on the temperature of the TCO element 35.
  • FIG. 6D is a graph showing the temperature of the TCO element 35 and the current flowing through the TCO element 35.
  • the TCO element 35 includes a terminal 61, a terminal 62, a bimetal 63, and an exterior body 64.
  • the bimetal 63 has two metal plates with different coefficients of thermal expansion, and when the temperature is lower than the trip temperature Ttrip of the TCO element 35, it assumes the shape of state X shown in FIG. In the case of high temperature, the shape becomes state Y shown in FIG. 6C.
  • FIG. 6D shows a case where the temperature of the TCO element 35 is gradually increased while a constant current is passed through the TCO element 35. When the temperature of the TCO element 35 is equal to or lower than the trip temperature Ttrip (state X), current can flow through the TCO element 35 because it has the shape shown in FIG.
  • the TCO element 35 has the function of cutting off the current when the temperature is higher than a predetermined temperature, and therefore can be said to have an overheat protection function.
  • FIGS. 6A to 6D are diagrams illustrating modified examples of the TCO element 35 described in FIGS. 6A to 6D.
  • FIG. 7A is a top view of the TCO element 35A.
  • the TCO element 35A includes an exterior body 64, and terminals 61 and 62 extending from the inside of the exterior body 64 to the outside.
  • FIG. 7B and 7C are cross-sectional views of the TCO element 35A taken along the dashed line AB in FIG. 7A.
  • FIG. 7B shows a state in which the terminals 61 and 62 of the TCO element 35A are in contact, and this state is referred to as state C.
  • FIG. 7C shows a state in which the terminals 61 and 62 of the TCO element 35A are not in contact with each other (separated from each other), and this state is referred to as state D.
  • the TCO element 35A is in either state C or state D described above depending on the temperature of the TCO element 35A.
  • 7D is a circuit diagram when the TCO element 35A is in state C
  • FIG. 7E is a circuit diagram when the TCO element 35A is in state D.
  • the TCO element 35A includes a PTC portion 65 in addition to the terminals 61, 62, bimetal 63, and exterior body 64 that the TCO element 35 has. 6B to 6D, the TCO element 35A is in state C shown in FIG. 7B when the temperature is below the trip temperature Ttrip, and in state D shown in FIG. 7C when the temperature is higher than the trip temperature Ttrip. Become. In both state C and state D, the terminal 61 and the terminal 62 are electrically connected via the bimetal 63 and the PTC section 65.
  • the TCO element 35A has the above configuration, when an overcurrent flows through the TCO element 35A, the temperature of the PTC section 65 increases due to resistance heating.
  • the TCO element 35A is an element having an overheat protection function and an overcurrent protection function. Therefore, the TCO element 35A may be used instead of the PTC element 32 shown in FIG. 1B and the like.
  • FIG. 8A, FIG. 8B, and FIG. 9A are circuit diagrams showing modified examples of power storage module 100 shown in FIG. 1B.
  • Electricity storage module 100E shown in FIG. 8A includes FET 36 in addition to the configuration described in FIG. 1B.
  • Power storage module 100F shown in FIG. 8B and power storage module 100G shown in FIG. 9A include FET 36 and FET 37 in addition to the configuration described in FIG. 1B.
  • FIG. 9B is a diagram illustrating the FET 36
  • FIG. 9C is a diagram illustrating the FET 37.
  • FIG. 9B is a diagram showing a circuit configuration when the FET 36 has a parasitic diode (also referred to as a body diode), and the FET 36 has a transistor 202A, a diode 203A, a terminal 204A, a terminal 205A, and a terminal 206A.
  • Terminal 204A is electrically connected to power storage device 10
  • terminal 205A is electrically connected to external terminal 51 via FET 37
  • terminal 206A is electrically connected to IC 31.
  • the terminal 204A is electrically connected to the drain (D) of the transistor 202A and the anode of the diode 203A.
  • the source and drain of a transistor may be interchanged depending on the applied voltage, but here, in order to make it easier to understand the circuit configuration, in a p-channel transistor, the terminal with a high potential during charging is referred to as the source. , the lower terminal is called the drain. Furthermore, in an n-channel transistor, the terminal with a higher potential is called the drain, and the terminal with a lower potential is called the source.
  • FET 36 has the configuration described in FIG. 9B, FET 36 has a function of passing and blocking a charging current of power storage device 10, and a function of passing a discharge current of power storage device 10.
  • FIG. 9C is a diagram showing a circuit configuration when the FET 37 has a parasitic diode (also referred to as a body diode), and the FET 37 includes a transistor 202B, a diode 203B, a terminal 204B, a terminal 205B, and a terminal 206B.
  • Terminal 204B is electrically connected to power storage device 10 via FET 36
  • terminal 205B is electrically connected to external terminal 51
  • terminal 206B is electrically connected to IC 31.
  • Terminal 204B is electrically connected to the drain (D) of transistor 202B and the cathode of diode 203B.
  • FET 37 has the configuration described in FIG. 9C, FET 37 has a function of passing and blocking a discharge current of power storage device 10, and a function of passing a charging current of power storage device 10.
  • FET 36 has the function of passing and blocking the charging current of power storage device 10, and the function of flowing the discharging current of power storage device 10. Note that one terminal of the PTC element 32 can be electrically connected at a position between the positive electrode terminal 11 and the FET 36.
  • the FET 36 has the function of passing and blocking the charging current of the power storage device 10, and the function of passing the discharge current of the power storage device 10. Further, the FET 37 has a function of passing a discharge current of the power storage device 10 and a function of cutting off the discharge current, and a function of passing a charging current of the power storage device 10. Note that it is preferable that one terminal of the PTC element 32 is electrically connected at a position between the positive electrode terminal 11 and the FET 36.
  • the IC 31 that is electrically connected to the power storage device 10 via the PTC element 32 can be connected to the power storage device 10 regardless of the states of the FET 36 and the FET 37. Electricity can be supplied.
  • FIG. 8B shows an example in which the power storage module 100F has one FET 36 and one FET 37
  • the present invention is not limited to this configuration.
  • a configuration may be adopted in which two FETs 36 are connected in parallel and two FETs 37 are connected in parallel. With such a configuration, charging and discharging with a large current can be easily performed.
  • FIG. 10A is a diagram showing a modification of the power storage module 100F having FET 36 and FET 37 shown in FIG. 8B.
  • a power storage module 100H shown in FIG. 10A includes a PTC element 39 and a FET 40 that are connected in parallel with FET 36 and FET 37.
  • PTC element 39 has a function of suppressing inrush current that occurs at startup in an electronic device or vehicle having power storage module 100H.
  • the PTC element 39 can be used only at necessary timings by controlling on/off of the FET 40, and power loss can be reduced, which is preferable.
  • a relay refers to a device that has a mechanism in which an electromagnet is activated by an electric signal from a control IC (for example, IC31) to open and close a switch.
  • a control IC for example, IC31
  • power storage device 10 may have two or more batteries. .
  • the power storage module shown in FIGS. 10B to 11B shows an example including a power storage device 10 having two batteries.
  • a power storage device 10 having a plurality of batteries such as a power storage module 100J shown in FIG. 10B
  • one heater 21 and one temperature sensor 22 may be used to manage the temperature of the power storage device 10. good.
  • heater 21 can be placed between two batteries.
  • the temperature sensor 22 may be provided near the position of the heater 21 described above, but may also be provided at a different location.
  • a power storage device 10 having a plurality of batteries such as a power storage module 100K shown in FIG. Good too.
  • the arrangement of the heaters 21 for a plurality of batteries can be done with reference to the above example.
  • the temperature sensor 22 can be provided in each battery.
  • a heater 21 and a temperature sensor 22 may be provided for each of the plurality of batteries.
  • several batteries may be combined into one set, and each set may be provided with a heater 21 and a temperature sensor 22.
  • the IC 31 be configured to be able to measure the voltage of each battery included in the power storage device 10, as shown in FIG. 12A. 12A to 12D illustrate a part of the connection between the power storage device 10 and the IC 31 for the purpose of simplifying the explanation, and may be used in combination with the configuration of the power storage module 100 shown in FIG. 1B etc. as appropriate. be able to.
  • FIG. 12B is a diagram illustrating an example in which power storage device 10 includes n batteries.
  • the batteries included in power storage device 10 may not only be connected in series, but also may be arranged in such a way that a plurality of batteries connected in parallel are further connected in series, as shown in FIG. 12C.
  • the plurality of batteries connected in parallel is not limited to two as shown in FIG. 12C, but three or more batteries can be connected in parallel and further connected in series as shown in FIG. 12D.
  • power storage module 100 may include two or more power storage devices.
  • FIG. 13 is a diagram illustrating a power storage module 100M having a power storage device 10A and a power storage device 10B as two power storage devices.
  • Power storage device 10A has a positive terminal 11A and a negative terminal 12A.
  • Power storage device 10B has a positive terminal 11B and a negative terminal 12B.
  • positive electrode terminal 11A is electrically connected to external terminal 51
  • negative electrode terminal 12A is electrically connected to external terminal 52
  • the positive terminal 11B is electrically connected to one terminal of the PTC element 32
  • the other terminal of the PTC element 32 is electrically connected to the VCC terminal of the IC 31
  • the GND terminal of the IC 31 is electrically connected to the negative terminal 12B. connected to.
  • the heater 21 and temperature sensor 22 are the same as those in FIG. 1B.
  • the configurations of power storage device 10A and power storage device 10B may be the same or different.
  • the power storage device 10A is used as a power storage device capable of storing a large capacity for use in motor power, etc. (also referred to as strong power), and power storage device 10B is used for communication, etc. (also referred to as low power). ) can be used as a relatively small capacity power storage device.
  • the power storage module 100 is not limited to the configurations of the power storage modules 100 to 100M individually illustrated in FIGS. 1 to 13, and a plurality of components may be combined as shown in FIG. can.
  • FIG. 14 shows a power storage device 10 having a plurality of batteries, a heater 21, a temperature sensor 22, an IC 31, a PTC element 32, an FET 33, a resistance element 34, a TCO element 35, an FET 36, an FET 37, It is a circuit diagram explaining electricity storage module 100N provided with PTC element 39 and FET40. For each component included in the power storage module 100N shown in FIG. 14, the description of FIGS. 1 to 12 can be referred to.
  • the power storage module 100N may include a communication terminal 53 and a communication terminal 54 in addition to the external terminal 51 and the external terminal 52.
  • the IC 31 has a communication function such as CAN
  • the IC 31 is electrically connected to the communication terminal 53 and the communication terminal 54 as shown in FIG. , or communicate with the vehicle.
  • FIG. 14 shows a configuration in which IC31 measures the voltage of each of the plurality of batteries included in power storage device 10, as in power storage module 100P shown in FIG. 15, IC41 different from IC31 measures the voltage of the battery. It may also be configured to measure.
  • the IC 41 may have not only the function of measuring voltage but also the function of adjusting the capacity balance (also referred to as cell balance) of the plurality of batteries included in the power storage device 10.
  • the PTC element 32, FET 33, resistance element 34, TCO element 35, FET 36, FET 37, PTC element 39, FET 40, etc. are connected to the path between the positive terminal 11 and the external terminal 51 (high potential side). ), but the example is not limited to this example.
  • the PTC element 32, FET 33, resistance element 34, TCO element 35, FET 36, FET 37, PTC element 39, FET 40, etc. may be provided in the path (low potential side) between the negative terminal 12 and the external terminal 52. For example, in FIG.
  • the PTC element 32 is provided between the negative terminal 12 and the IC 31 (VCC).
  • the power storage module 100 may be provided at a position between the external terminal 52 and the IC 31 (GND) and between the external terminal 52 and the IC 31 (GND).
  • resistive elements, capacitors, etc. are not shown in the paths (wiring) where the IC 31 and each component are electrically connected in order to simplify the explanation and make the drawings easier to see.
  • a resistance element, a capacitor, etc. can be provided as appropriate.
  • it may be possible to suppress oscillation of the FET by providing a resistance of several tens of ohms to several kilohms in the wiring connected to the gate of the FET.
  • each of the elements constituting a lithium ion battery will be described as an example of a battery included in power storage device 10.
  • batteries other than lithium ion batteries such as sodium ion batteries, nickel hydride batteries, lead acid batteries, etc., may be used as the power storage device 10.
  • a lithium ion battery has a negative electrode, a positive electrode, an electrolyte, a separator, and an exterior body.
  • the negative electrode has a negative electrode active material layer and a negative electrode current collector. Further, the negative electrode active material layer includes a negative electrode active material, and may further include a conductive material and a binder.
  • metal foil can be used as the current collector.
  • the negative electrode can be formed by applying a slurry onto a metal foil and drying it. Note that pressing may be applied after drying.
  • the negative electrode has an active material layer formed on a current collector.
  • the slurry is a material liquid used to form an active material layer on a current collector, and includes an active material, a binder, and a solvent, and is preferably further mixed with a conductive material.
  • the slurry is sometimes called an electrode slurry or an active material slurry, and when forming a negative electrode active material layer, it is also called a negative electrode slurry.
  • ⁇ Negative electrode active material> For example, a carbon material or an alloy-based material can be used as the negative electrode active material.
  • carbon material for example, graphite (natural graphite, artificial graphite), graphitizable carbon (soft carbon), non-graphitizable carbon (hard carbon), carbon fiber (carbon nanotube), graphene, carbon black, etc. can be used. can.
  • Examples of graphite include artificial graphite and natural graphite.
  • Examples of the artificial graphite include mesocarbon microbeads (MCMB), coke-based artificial graphite, and pitch-based artificial graphite.
  • MCMB mesocarbon microbeads
  • spherical graphite having a spherical shape can be used as the artificial graphite.
  • MCMB may have a spherical shape, which is preferred.
  • it is relatively easy to reduce the surface area of MCMB which may be preferable.
  • Examples of natural graphite include flaky graphite and spheroidized natural graphite.
  • Graphite exhibits a potential as low as that of lithium metal (0.05 V or more and 0.3 V or less vs. Li/Li + ) when lithium ions are inserted into graphite (when a lithium-graphite intercalation compound is generated). This allows lithium ion batteries using graphite to exhibit high operating voltage. Furthermore, graphite is preferable because it has advantages such as a relatively high capacity per unit volume, a relatively small volumetric expansion, low cost, and higher safety than lithium metal.
  • Non-graphitizable carbon can be obtained, for example, by firing synthetic resins such as phenol resins or organic substances derived from plants.
  • the non-graphitizable carbon included in the negative electrode active material of the lithium ion battery according to one embodiment of the present invention has a (002) plane spacing of 0.34 nm or more and 0.50 nm or less, as measured by X-ray diffraction (XRD). It is preferably 0.35 nm or more and 0.42 nm or less.
  • an element that can perform a charge/discharge reaction by alloying/dealloying reaction with lithium can be used as the negative electrode active material.
  • a material containing at least one of silicon, tin, gallium, aluminum, germanium, lead, antimony, bismuth, silver, zinc, cadmium, indium, etc. can be used. These elements have a larger capacity than carbon, and silicon in particular has a high theoretical capacity of 4200 mAh/g. For this reason, it is preferable to use silicon as the negative electrode active material. Further, compounds having these elements may also be used.
  • an element that can perform a charging/discharging reaction by alloying/dealloying reaction with lithium, a compound having the element, etc. may be referred to as an alloy-based material.
  • SiO refers to silicon monoxide, for example.
  • SiO can also be expressed as SiO x .
  • x preferably has a value of 1 or a value close to 1.
  • x is preferably 0.2 or more and 1.5 or less, and preferably 0.3 or more and 1.2 or less.
  • titanium dioxide TiO 2
  • lithium titanium oxide Li 4 Ti 5 O 12
  • lithium-graphite intercalation compound Li x C 6
  • niobium pentoxide Nb 2 O 5
  • oxidized Oxides such as tungsten (WO 2 ) and molybdenum oxide (MoO 2 ) can be used.
  • Li 2.6 Co 0.4 N 3 is preferable because it exhibits a large discharge capacity (900 mAh/g, 1890 mAh/cm 3 ).
  • the negative electrode active material contains lithium ions, it can be combined with materials such as V 2 O 5 and Cr 3 O 8 that do not contain lithium ions as the positive electrode active material, which is preferable. . Note that even when a material containing lithium ions is used as the positive electrode active material, a double nitride of lithium and a transition metal can be used as the negative electrode active material by removing lithium ions contained in the positive electrode active material in advance.
  • a material that causes a conversion reaction can also be used as the negative electrode active material.
  • transition metal oxides that do not form an alloy with lithium such as cobalt oxide (CoO), nickel oxide (NiO), and iron oxide (FeO)
  • Materials that cause conversion reactions include oxides such as Fe 2 O 3 , CuO, Cu 2 O, RuO 2 , and Cr 2 O 3 , sulfides such as CoS 0.89 , NiS, and CuS, and Zn 3 N 2 , nitrides such as Cu 3 N and Ge 3 N 4 , phosphides such as NiP 2 , FeP 2 and CoP 3 , and fluorides such as FeF 3 and BiF 3 .
  • negative electrode active material can be used from among the negative electrode active materials shown above, it is also possible to use a combination of multiple types. For example, it can be a combination of a carbon material and silicon, or a combination of a carbon material and silicon monoxide.
  • the negative electrode it may be a negative electrode that does not have a negative electrode active material at the time of completion of battery production.
  • An example of a negative electrode that does not have a negative electrode active material is a negative electrode that has only a negative electrode current collector at the end of battery production, and the lithium ions that are released from the positive electrode active material when the battery is charged are deposited on the negative electrode current collector. It can be a negative electrode that is precipitated as lithium metal to form a negative electrode active material layer.
  • a battery using such a negative electrode is sometimes called a negative electrode-free (anode-free) battery, a negative electrode-less (anode-less) battery, or the like.
  • a film may be provided on the negative electrode current collector to uniformly deposit lithium.
  • a solid electrolyte having lithium ion conductivity can be used as a membrane for uniformly depositing lithium.
  • the solid electrolyte sulfide-based solid electrolytes, oxide-based solid electrolytes, polymer-based solid electrolytes, and the like can be used.
  • a polymer solid electrolyte is suitable as a film for uniformly depositing lithium because it is relatively easy to form a uniform film on the negative electrode current collector.
  • a metal film that forms an alloy with lithium can be used as a metal film that forms an alloy with lithium can be used.
  • a magnesium metal film can be used as the metal film that forms an alloy with lithium. Since lithium and magnesium form a solid solution over a wide composition range, it is suitable as a film for uniformizing the precipitation of lithium.
  • a negative electrode current collector having unevenness can be used.
  • the concave portions of the negative electrode current collector become cavities in which the lithium contained in the negative electrode current collector is likely to precipitate, so when lithium is precipitated, it is suppressed from forming a dendrite-like shape. can do.
  • ⁇ Binder> As the binder, it is preferable to use rubber materials such as styrene-butadiene rubber (SBR), styrene-isoprene-styrene rubber, acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber, butadiene rubber, and ethylene-propylene-diene copolymer. Furthermore, fluororubber can be used as the binder.
  • SBR styrene-butadiene rubber
  • fluororubber can be used as the binder.
  • the binder it is preferable to use, for example, a water-soluble polymer.
  • a water-soluble polymer for example, polysaccharides can be used.
  • polysaccharide cellulose derivatives such as carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC), methyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, diacetyl cellulose, regenerated cellulose, or starch can be used. Further, it is more preferable to use these water-soluble polymers in combination with the above-mentioned rubber material.
  • polystyrene polymethyl acrylate, polymethyl methacrylate (polymethyl methacrylate, PMMA), sodium polyacrylate, polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), polyethylene oxide (PEO), polypropylene oxide, polyimide, polyvinyl chloride
  • PVA polyvinyl alcohol
  • PEO polyethylene oxide
  • PEO polypropylene oxide
  • polyimide polyvinyl chloride
  • materials such as polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, polypropylene, polyisobutylene, polyethylene terephthalate, nylon, polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF), polyacrylonitrile (PAN), ethylene propylene diene polymer, polyvinyl acetate, nitrocellulose, etc.
  • the binder may be used in combination of two or more of the above binders.
  • a material with particularly excellent viscosity adjusting effect may be used in combination with other materials.
  • rubber materials have excellent adhesive strength and elasticity, it may be difficult to adjust the viscosity when mixed with a solvent. In such cases, for example, it is preferable to mix with a material that is particularly effective in controlling viscosity.
  • a material having a particularly excellent viscosity adjusting effect for example, a water-soluble polymer may be used.
  • the above-mentioned polysaccharides such as carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC), methyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, diacetyl cellulose, cellulose derivatives such as regenerated cellulose, or starch are used. be able to.
  • solubility of cellulose derivatives such as carboxymethylcellulose is increased by converting them into salts such as sodium salts or ammonium salts of carboxymethylcellulose, making it easier to exhibit the effect as a viscosity modifier.
  • the increased solubility can also improve the dispersibility with the active material or other components when preparing an electrode slurry.
  • cellulose and cellulose derivatives used as binders for electrodes include salts thereof.
  • the water-soluble polymer stabilizes the viscosity by dissolving in water, and other materials combined as the active material and binder, such as styrene-butadiene rubber, can be stably dispersed in the aqueous solution. Furthermore, since it has a functional group, it is expected that it will be easily adsorbed stably on the surface of the active material. In addition, many cellulose derivatives such as carboxymethylcellulose have functional groups such as hydroxyl or carboxyl groups, and because of these functional groups, polymers interact with each other and may exist widely covering the surface of the active material. Be expected.
  • the binder When the binder forms a film that covers or is in contact with the surface of the active material, it is expected to serve as a passive film and suppress decomposition of the electrolyte.
  • the "passive film” is a film with no electrical conductivity or a film with extremely low electrical conductivity.
  • the passive film when a passive film is formed on the surface of an active material, the battery reaction potential In this case, decomposition of the electrolytic solution can be suppressed. Further, it is more desirable that the passive film suppresses electrical conductivity and can conduct lithium ions.
  • the conductive material is also called a conductivity imparting agent or a conductivity aid, and a carbon material is used.
  • a conductive material By attaching a conductive material between the plurality of active materials, the plurality of active materials are electrically connected to each other, thereby increasing conductivity.
  • adheresion does not only mean that the active material and the conductive material are in close physical contact with each other, but also when a covalent bond occurs or when they bond due to van der Waals forces, the surface of the active material
  • the concept includes cases where a conductive material covers a part of the active material, cases where the conductive material fits into the unevenness of the surface of the active material, cases where the active material is electrically connected even if they are not in contact with each other.
  • active material layers such as a positive electrode active material layer and a negative electrode active material layer include a conductive material.
  • Examples of the conductive material include carbon black such as acetylene black and furnace black, graphite such as artificial graphite and natural graphite, carbon fibers such as carbon nanofibers and carbon nanotubes, and graphene compounds. More than one species can be used.
  • carbon fibers such as mesophase pitch carbon fiber and isotropic pitch carbon fiber can be used.
  • carbon nanofibers, carbon nanotubes, or the like can be used as the carbon fibers.
  • Carbon nanotubes can be produced, for example, by a vapor phase growth method.
  • graphene compounds refer to graphene, multilayer graphene, multigraphene, graphene oxide, multilayer graphene oxide, multilayer graphene oxide, reduced graphene oxide, reduced multilayer graphene oxide, reduced multilayer graphene oxide, graphene Including quantum dots, etc.
  • a graphene compound refers to a compound that contains carbon, has a shape such as a flat plate or a sheet, and has a two-dimensional structure formed of a six-membered carbon ring. The two-dimensional structure formed by the six-membered carbon ring may be called a carbon sheet.
  • the graphene compound may have a functional group. Further, it is preferable that the graphene compound has a bent shape. Further, the graphene compound may be curled into a shape similar to carbon nanofibers.
  • the active material layer may have a metal powder or metal fiber such as copper, nickel, aluminum, silver, or gold, a conductive ceramic material, or the like as a conductive material.
  • the content of the conductive material relative to the total amount of the active material layer is preferably 1 wt% or more and 10 wt% or less, and more preferably 1 wt% or more and 5 wt% or less.
  • graphene compounds Unlike granular conductive materials such as carbon black, which make point contact with the active material, graphene compounds enable surface contact with low contact resistance. It is possible to improve electrical conductivity with Therefore, the ratio of active material in the active material layer can be increased. Thereby, the discharge capacity of the battery can be increased.
  • Particulate carbon-containing compounds such as carbon black and graphite, or fibrous carbon-containing compounds such as carbon nanotubes, easily enter minute spaces.
  • the minute space refers to, for example, a region between a plurality of active materials.
  • the current collector materials that have high conductivity and do not alloy with carrier ions such as lithium, such as metals such as stainless steel, gold, platinum, zinc, iron, copper, aluminum, and titanium, and alloys thereof, can be used. .
  • the current collector may have a sheet-like shape, a net-like shape, a punched metal shape, an expanded metal shape, or the like as appropriate.
  • a resin current collector can be used as the current collector.
  • a resin current collector for example, a resin such as polyolefin (polypropylene, polyethylene, etc.), nylon (polyamide), polyimide, vinylon, polyester, acrylic, polyurethane, and a particulate or fibrous conductive material (also called a conductive filler) are used.
  • a resin current collector having the following can be used.
  • the conductive material of the resin current collector one or more of a conductive carbon material and a metal material such as aluminum, titanium, stainless steel, gold, platinum, zinc, iron, copper, etc. can be used.
  • the conductive carbon material include carbon black such as acetylene black and furnace black, graphite such as artificial graphite and natural graphite, carbon fibers such as carbon nanofibers and carbon nanotubes, graphene, and graphene compounds. Two or more types can be used.
  • an antioxidant such as a hindered phenol-based material.
  • carbon fibers such as mesophase pitch carbon fiber and isotropic pitch carbon fiber can be used.
  • carbon nanofibers, carbon nanotubes, or the like can be used as the carbon fibers.
  • Carbon nanotubes can be produced, for example, by a vapor phase growth method.
  • the average particle size of the conductive material included in the resin current collector can be 10 nm or more and 10 ⁇ m or less, and preferably 30 nm or more and 5 ⁇ m or less.
  • the current collector preferably has a thickness of 5 ⁇ m or more and 30 ⁇ m or less.
  • the positive electrode has a positive electrode active material layer and a positive electrode current collector.
  • the positive electrode active material layer includes a positive electrode active material and may further include at least one of a conductive material and a binder. Note that as the positive electrode current collector, conductive material, and binder, those explained in [Negative electrode] can be used.
  • metal foil can be used as the current collector.
  • the positive electrode can be formed by applying a slurry onto a metal foil and drying it. Note that pressing may be applied after drying.
  • the positive electrode has an active material layer formed on a current collector.
  • the slurry is a material liquid used to form an active material layer on a current collector, and includes an active material, a binder, and a solvent, and is preferably further mixed with a conductive material.
  • the slurry is sometimes called an electrode slurry or an active material slurry, and when forming a positive electrode active material layer, it is also called a positive electrode slurry.
  • ⁇ Cathode active material> As the positive electrode active material, any one or more of a composite oxide with a layered rock salt type structure, a composite oxide with an olivine type structure, and a composite oxide with a spinel type structure can be used.
  • the composite oxide with a layered rock salt type structure one or more of lithium cobalt oxide, nickel-cobalt-lithium manganate, nickel-cobalt-lithium aluminate, and nickel-manganese-lithium aluminate can be used.
  • the compositional formula can be expressed as LiM1O 2 (M1 is one or more selected from nickel, cobalt, manganese, and aluminum), the coefficients of the compositional formula are not limited to integers.
  • lithium cobalt oxide for example, lithium cobalt oxide to which magnesium and fluorine are added can be used. Moreover, it is preferable to use lithium cobalt oxide to which magnesium, fluorine, aluminum, and nickel are added.
  • the composite oxide having an olivine structure one or more of lithium iron phosphate, lithium manganese phosphate, lithium cobalt phosphate, and lithium iron manganese phosphate can be used.
  • the compositional formula can be expressed as LiM2PO4 (M2 is one or more selected from iron, manganese, and cobalt), the coefficients of the compositional formula are not limited to integers.
  • a composite oxide having a spinel structure such as LiMn 2 O 4 can be used.
  • electrolytes Examples of electrolytes are explained below.
  • a liquid electrolyte also referred to as an electrolytic solution
  • electrolyte is not limited to a liquid electrolyte (electrolyte solution) that is liquid at room temperature, and a solid electrolyte may also be used.
  • electrolyte electrolyte (semi-solid electrolyte) containing both a liquid electrolyte that is liquid at room temperature and a solid electrolyte that is solid at room temperature. Note that when a solid electrolyte or a semi-solid electrolyte is used in a bendable battery, the flexibility of the battery can be maintained by having a structure in which a part of the stack inside the battery includes the electrolyte.
  • DME ethane
  • dimethyl sulfoxide diethyl ether
  • methyl diglyme acetonitrile, benzonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, sulfolane, sultone, etc., or two or more of these may be used in any combination and
  • Ionic liquids are composed of cations and anions, and include organic cations and anions.
  • organic cations include aliphatic onium cations such as quaternary ammonium cations, tertiary sulfonium cations, and quaternary phosphonium cations, and aromatic cations such as imidazolium cations and pyridinium cations.
  • anion monovalent amide anion, monovalent methide anion, fluorosulfonic acid anion, perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid anion, tetrafluoroborate anion, perfluoroalkylborate anion, hexafluorophosphate anion, or perfluorophosphate anion
  • examples include alkyl phosphate anions.
  • the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention uses alkali metal ions such as lithium ions, sodium ions, and potassium ions, and alkaline earth metal ions such as calcium ions, strontium ions, barium ions, beryllium ions, and magnesium ions as carrier ions. have as.
  • the electrolyte when using lithium ions as carrier ions, contains a lithium salt.
  • lithium salts include LiPF 6 , LiClO 4 , LiAsF 6 , LiBF 4 , LiAlCl 4 , LiSCN, LiBr, LiI, Li 2 SO 4 , Li 2 B 10 Cl 10 , Li 2 B 12 Cl 12 , LiCF 3 SO 3 , LiC4F9SO3 , LiC ( CF3SO2 ) 3 , LiC ( C2F5SO2 ) 3 , LiN( CF3SO2 ) 2 , LiN( C4F9SO2 ) ( CF3SO2 ) ), LiN(C 2 F 5 SO 2 ) 2 , etc. can be used.
  • the organic solvent described in this embodiment includes ethylene carbonate (EC), ethyl methyl carbonate (EMC), and dimethyl carbonate (DMC).
  • EC ethylene carbonate
  • EMC ethyl methyl carbonate
  • DMC dimethyl carbonate
  • the volume ratio of the ethylene carbonate, the ethyl methyl carbonate, and the dimethyl carbonate is x:y:100-x-y (5 ⁇ x ⁇ 35, 0 ⁇ y ⁇ 65) can be used.
  • the electrolytic solution has a low content of particulate dust or elements other than the constituent elements of the electrolytic solution (hereinafter also simply referred to as "impurities") and is highly purified. Specifically, it is preferable that the weight ratio of impurities to the electrolytic solution is 1% or less, preferably 0.1% or less, and more preferably 0.01% or less.
  • VC vinylene carbonate
  • PS propane sultone
  • TAB tert-butylbenzene
  • FEC fluoroethylene carbonate
  • LiBOB lithium bis(oxalate)borate
  • dinitrile compounds of succinonitrile or adiponitrile may be added.
  • concentration of the additive may be, for example, 0.1 wt% or more and 5 wt% or less based on the solvent.
  • the electrolyte includes a polymeric material that can be gelled, safety against leakage and the like is increased.
  • polymeric materials to be gelled include silicone gel, acrylic gel, acrylonitrile gel, polyethylene oxide gel, polypropylene oxide gel, and fluoropolymer gel.
  • polymers having a polyalkylene oxide structure such as polyethylene oxide (PEO), PVDF, polyacrylonitrile, and copolymers containing them can be used.
  • PVDF-HFP which is a copolymer of PVDF and hexafluoropropylene (HFP)
  • the polymer formed may have a porous shape.
  • a separator When the electrolyte contains an electrolytic solution, a separator is placed between the positive electrode and the negative electrode.
  • a separator for example, fibers containing cellulose such as paper, nonwoven fabrics, glass fibers, ceramics, synthetic fibers using nylon (polyamide), vinylon (polyvinyl alcohol fiber), polyester, acrylic, polyolefin, polyurethane, etc. It is possible to use one formed of . It is preferable that the separator is processed into a bag shape and arranged so as to surround either the positive electrode or the negative electrode.
  • the separator may have a multilayer structure.
  • a film of an organic material such as polypropylene or polyethylene can be coated with a ceramic material, a fluorine material, a polyamide material, or a mixture thereof.
  • the ceramic material for example, aluminum oxide particles, silicon oxide particles, etc. can be used.
  • the fluorine-based material for example, PVDF, polytetrafluoroethylene, etc. can be used.
  • the polyamide material for example, nylon, aramid (meta-aramid, para-aramid), etc. can be used.
  • Coating with a ceramic material improves oxidation resistance, so it is possible to suppress deterioration of the separator during high voltage charging and discharging and improve the reliability of the secondary battery. Furthermore, coating with a fluorine-based material makes it easier for the separator and electrode to come into close contact with each other, thereby improving output characteristics. Coating with a polyamide-based material, especially aramid, improves heat resistance, thereby improving the safety of the secondary battery.
  • a polypropylene film may be coated on both sides with a mixed material of aluminum oxide and aramid.
  • the surface of the polypropylene film in contact with the positive electrode may be coated with a mixed material of aluminum oxide and aramid, and the surface in contact with the negative electrode may be coated with a fluorine-based material.
  • the safety of the secondary battery can be maintained even if the overall thickness of the separator is thin, so that the capacity per volume of the secondary battery can be increased.
  • a metal material such as aluminum or a resin material can be used, for example.
  • a film-like exterior body can also be used.
  • a film for example, a highly flexible metal thin film such as aluminum, stainless steel, copper, or nickel is provided on a film made of a material such as polyethylene, polypropylene, polycarbonate, ionomer, or polyamide, and an exterior coating is further applied on the metal thin film.
  • a three-layered film having an insulating synthetic resin film such as polyamide resin or polyester resin can be used as the outer surface of the body.
  • FIG. 16A is an exploded perspective view of a coin-shaped (single-layer flat type) secondary battery
  • FIG. 16B is an external view
  • FIG. 16C is a cross-sectional view thereof.
  • Coin-shaped secondary batteries are mainly used in small electronic devices.
  • FIG. 16A is a schematic diagram so that the overlapping (vertical relationship and positional relationship) of members can be seen. Therefore, FIGS. 16A and 16B are not completely corresponding diagrams.
  • a positive electrode 304, a separator 310, a negative electrode 307, a spacer 322, and a washer 312 are stacked. These are sealed with a negative electrode can 302 and a positive electrode can 301 with a gasket. Note that a gasket for sealing is not shown in FIG. 16A.
  • the spacer 322 and the washer 312 are used to protect the inside or fix the position inside the can when the positive electrode can 301 and the negative electrode can 302 are crimped together.
  • the spacer 322 and washer 312 are made of stainless steel or an insulating material.
  • a positive electrode 304 has a laminated structure in which a positive electrode active material layer 306 is formed on a positive electrode current collector 305 .
  • FIG. 16B is a perspective view of the completed coin-shaped secondary battery.
  • a positive electrode can 301 that also serves as a positive electrode terminal and a negative electrode can 302 that also serves as a negative electrode terminal are insulated and sealed with a gasket 303 made of polypropylene or the like.
  • the positive electrode 304 is formed by a positive electrode current collector 305 and a positive electrode active material layer 306 provided in contact with the positive electrode current collector 305 .
  • the negative electrode 307 is formed of a negative electrode current collector 308 and a negative electrode active material layer 309 provided in contact with the negative electrode current collector 308. Further, the negative electrode 307 is not limited to a laminated structure, and lithium metal foil or lithium-aluminum alloy foil may be used.
  • the positive electrode 304 and the negative electrode 307 used in the coin-shaped secondary battery 300 may each have an active material layer formed only on one side.
  • the positive electrode can 301 and the negative electrode can 302 metals such as nickel, aluminum, titanium, etc., which are corrosion resistant to electrolyte, or alloys thereof, or alloys of these and other metals (for example, stainless steel, etc.) can be used. can. Further, in order to prevent corrosion caused by electrolyte, etc., it is preferable to coat with nickel, aluminum, or the like.
  • the positive electrode can 301 is electrically connected to the positive electrode 304
  • the negative electrode can 302 is electrically connected to the negative electrode 307.
  • negative electrode 307, positive electrode 304, and separator 310 are immersed in an electrolytic solution, and as shown in FIG. 16C, the positive electrode 304, separator 310, negative electrode 307, and negative electrode can 302 are stacked in this order with the positive electrode can 301 facing down. 301 and a negative electrode can 302 are crimped together via a gasket 303 to produce a coin-shaped secondary battery 300.
  • the positive electrode can 301 can be called a positive electrode terminal
  • the negative electrode can 302 can be called a negative electrode terminal.
  • the cylindrical secondary battery 616 has a positive electrode cap (battery lid) 601 on the top surface and a battery can (exterior can) 602 on the side and bottom surfaces. These positive electrode cap 601 and battery can (exterior can) 602 are insulated by a gasket (insulating packing) 610.
  • the positive electrode cap 601 can be called a positive electrode terminal
  • the battery can 602 can be called a negative electrode terminal.
  • FIG. 17B is a diagram schematically showing a cross section of a cylindrical secondary battery.
  • the cylindrical secondary battery shown in FIG. 17B has a positive electrode cap (battery lid) 601 on the top surface and a battery can (exterior can) 602 on the side and bottom surfaces.
  • These positive electrode caps and the battery can (exterior can) 602 are insulated by a gasket (insulating packing) 610.
  • a battery element is provided inside the hollow cylindrical battery can 602, in which a band-shaped positive electrode 604 and a negative electrode 606 are wound with a separator 605 in between.
  • the battery element is wound around a central axis.
  • the battery can 602 has one end closed and the other end open.
  • metals such as nickel, aluminum, titanium, etc., which are corrosion resistant to electrolyte, or alloys thereof, or alloys of these and other metals (for example, stainless steel, etc.) can be used. .
  • a battery element in which a positive electrode, a negative electrode, and a separator are wound is sandwiched between a pair of opposing insulating plates 608 and 609. Furthermore, a non-aqueous electrolyte (not shown) is injected into the inside of the battery can 602 in which the battery element is provided.
  • the non-aqueous electrolyte the same one as a coin-type secondary battery can be used.
  • the positive electrode and negative electrode used in a cylindrical storage battery are wound, it is preferable to form an active material on both sides of the current collector.
  • a positive electrode terminal (positive electrode current collector lead) 603 is connected to the positive electrode 604, and a negative electrode terminal (negative electrode current collector lead) 607 is connected to the negative electrode 606.
  • Both the positive electrode terminal 603 and the negative electrode terminal 607 can be made of a metal material such as aluminum.
  • the positive terminal 603 and the negative terminal 607 are resistance welded to the safety valve mechanism 613 and the bottom of the battery can 602, respectively.
  • the safety valve mechanism 613 is electrically connected to the positive electrode cap 601 via a PTC element (Positive Temperature Coefficient) 611. The safety valve mechanism 613 disconnects the electrical connection between the positive electrode cap 601 and the positive electrode 604 when the increase in the internal pressure of the battery exceeds a predetermined threshold value.
  • the PTC element 611 is a heat-sensitive resistance element whose resistance increases when the temperature rises, and the increase in resistance limits the amount of current to prevent abnormal heat generation.
  • Barium titanate (BaTiO 3 )-based semiconductor ceramics or the like can be used for the PTC element.
  • FIG. 17C shows an example of the power storage module 615.
  • Power storage module 615 has a plurality of secondary batteries 616.
  • the positive electrode of each secondary battery contacts the conductor 624 and is electrically connected.
  • the negative electrode of each secondary battery is in contact with the conductor 625 and is electrically connected. Therefore, the conductor 624 can be called the positive terminal of the power storage device (battery assembly), and the conductor 625 can be called the negative terminal of the power storage device (battery pack).
  • the conductor 624 is electrically connected to the control circuit 620 via the wiring 623.
  • the conductor 625 is electrically connected to the control circuit 620 via wiring 626.
  • control circuit 620 As the control circuit 620, a charging/discharging control circuit that performs charging and discharging, or a protection circuit that prevents overcharging and/or overdischarging can be applied. Further, the control circuit 620 has an external terminal 629 and an external terminal 630.
  • FIG. 17D shows an example of the power storage module 615.
  • the power storage module 615 has a plurality of secondary batteries 616, and the plurality of secondary batteries 616 are arranged between a conductive plate 628 (conductive plate 628A, conductive plate 628B) and a conductive plate 614 (conductive plate 614A, conductive plate 614B). It's caught in between.
  • the plurality of secondary batteries 616 are electrically connected to a conductive plate 628 and a conductive plate 614 by wiring 627.
  • the plurality of secondary batteries 616 may be connected in parallel, connected in series, or connected in parallel and then further connected in series.
  • the plurality of secondary batteries 616 can be called a power storage device or an assembled battery.
  • the conductive plate with the highest potential among the conductive plates 628 and 614 can be called the positive terminal of the power storage device or the positive terminal of the assembled battery.
  • the conductive plate with the lowest potential can be called the negative terminal of the power storage device or the negative terminal of the assembled battery.
  • a temperature control device may be provided between the plurality of secondary batteries 616.
  • the secondary battery 616 When the secondary battery 616 is overheated, it can be cooled by the temperature control device, and when the secondary battery 616 is too cold, it can be heated by the temperature control device. Therefore, the performance of power storage module 615 is less affected by the outside temperature.
  • the power storage module 615 is electrically connected to the control circuit 620 via wiring 621 and wiring 622.
  • the wiring 621 is electrically connected to the positive electrodes of the plurality of secondary batteries 616 via the conductive plate 628
  • the wiring 622 is electrically connected to the negative electrodes of the plurality of secondary batteries 616 via the conductive plate 614.
  • the control circuit 620 has an external terminal 629 and an external terminal 630.
  • a secondary battery 913 shown in FIG. 18A includes a wound body 950 in which a terminal 951 and a terminal 952 are provided inside a housing 930.
  • the wound body 950 is immersed in the electrolyte inside the housing 930.
  • the terminal 952 is in contact with the housing 930, and the terminal 951 is not in contact with the housing 930 by using an insulating material or the like.
  • the housing 930 is shown separated for convenience, but in reality, the wound body 950 is covered by the housing 930, and the terminals 951 and 952 extend outside the housing 930.
  • a metal material for example, aluminum
  • a resin material can be used as the housing 930.
  • the housing 930 shown in FIG. 18A may be formed of a plurality of materials.
  • a housing 930a and a housing 930b are bonded together, and a wound body 950 is provided in an area surrounded by the housing 930a and the housing 930b.
  • an insulating material such as organic resin can be used.
  • a material such as an organic resin on the surface where the antenna is formed shielding of the electric field by the secondary battery 913 can be suppressed.
  • an antenna may be provided inside the housing 930a.
  • a metal material can be used as the housing 930b.
  • the wound body 950 includes a negative electrode 931, a positive electrode 932, and a separator 933.
  • the wound body 950 is a wound body in which a negative electrode 931 and a positive electrode 932 are stacked on top of each other with a separator 933 in between, and the laminated sheet is wound. Note that a plurality of layers of the negative electrode 931, the positive electrode 932, and the separator 933 may be stacked.
  • a secondary battery 913 having a wound body 950a as shown in FIG. 19 may be used.
  • a wound body 950a shown in FIG. 19A includes a negative electrode 931, a positive electrode 932, and a separator 933.
  • the negative electrode 931 has a negative electrode active material layer 931a.
  • the positive electrode 932 has a positive electrode active material layer 932a.
  • the separator 933 has a width wider than the negative electrode active material layer 931a and the positive electrode active material layer 932a, and is wound so as to overlap with the negative electrode active material layer 931a and the positive electrode active material layer 932a. Further, from the viewpoint of safety, it is preferable that the width of the negative electrode active material layer 931a is wider than that of the positive electrode active material layer 932a. Further, the wound body 950a having such a shape is preferable because it has good safety and productivity.
  • the negative electrode 931 is electrically connected to the terminal 951 by ultrasonic bonding, welding, or crimping.
  • Terminal 951 is electrically connected to terminal 911a.
  • the positive electrode 932 is electrically connected to the terminal 952 by ultrasonic bonding, welding, or crimping.
  • Terminal 952 is electrically connected to terminal 911b.
  • the wound body 950a and the electrolyte are covered by the casing 930, forming a secondary battery 913.
  • the housing 930 is provided with a safety valve, an overcurrent protection element, and the like.
  • the safety valve is a valve that opens the inside of the casing 930 at a predetermined internal pressure in order to prevent the battery from exploding.
  • the secondary battery 913 may have a plurality of wound bodies 950a. By using a plurality of wound bodies 950a, the secondary battery 913 can have a larger discharge capacity.
  • the description of the secondary battery 913 shown in FIGS. 18A to 18C can be referred to.
  • FIGS. 20A and 20B an example of an external view of an example of a laminate type secondary battery is shown in FIGS. 20A and 20B.
  • 20A and 20B have a positive electrode 503, a negative electrode 506, a separator 507, an exterior body 509, a positive lead electrode 510, and a negative lead electrode 511.
  • the part of the positive lead electrode 510 that is exposed to the outside of the secondary battery can be called a positive terminal
  • the part of the negative lead electrode 511 that is exposed to the outside of the secondary battery can be called a negative terminal. You can call.
  • FIG. 21A shows an external view of the positive electrode 503 and the negative electrode 506.
  • the positive electrode 503 has a positive electrode current collector 501 , and the positive electrode active material layer 502 is formed on the surface of the positive electrode current collector 501 . Further, the positive electrode 503 has a region (hereinafter referred to as a tab region) where the positive electrode current collector 501 is partially exposed.
  • the negative electrode 506 has a negative electrode current collector 504 , and the negative electrode active material layer 505 is formed on the surface of the negative electrode current collector 504 . Further, the negative electrode 506 has a region where the negative electrode current collector 504 is partially exposed, that is, a tab region. Note that the area or shape of the tab regions of the positive electrode and the negative electrode are not limited to the example shown in FIG. 21A.
  • FIG. 21B shows the stacked negative electrode 506, separator 507, and positive electrode 503.
  • an example is shown in which five sets of negative electrodes and four sets of positive electrodes are used. It can also be called a laminate consisting of a negative electrode, a separator, and a positive electrode.
  • the tab regions of the positive electrodes 503 are joined together, and the positive lead electrode 510 is joined to the tab region of the outermost positive electrode. For example, ultrasonic welding or the like may be used for joining.
  • the tab regions of the negative electrodes 506 are bonded to each other, and the negative lead electrode 511 is bonded to the tab region of the outermost negative electrode.
  • a negative electrode 506, a separator 507, and a positive electrode 503 are placed on the exterior body 509.
  • the exterior body 509 is bent at the portion indicated by the broken line. After that, the outer peripheral portion of the exterior body 509 is joined. For example, thermocompression bonding or the like may be used for joining. At this time, a region (hereinafter referred to as an inlet) that is not joined is provided in a part (or one side) of the exterior body 509 so that the electrolyte can be introduced later.
  • an inlet a region (hereinafter referred to as an inlet) that is not joined is provided in a part (or one side) of the exterior body 509 so that the electrolyte can be introduced later.
  • the electrolytic solution is introduced into the interior of the exterior body 509 through an inlet provided in the exterior body 509 .
  • the electrolytic solution is preferably introduced under a reduced pressure atmosphere or an inert atmosphere. Finally, connect the inlet. In this way, a laminate type secondary battery 500 can be manufactured.
  • Example of battery pack An example of a secondary battery pack according to one embodiment of the present invention that can be wirelessly charged using an antenna will be described with reference to FIG. 22.
  • FIG. 22A is a diagram showing the appearance of the secondary battery pack 531, which has a thin rectangular parallelepiped shape (also called a thick flat plate shape).
  • FIG. 22B is a diagram illustrating the configuration of the secondary battery pack 531.
  • the secondary battery pack 531 includes a circuit board 540 and a secondary battery 513. A label 529 is attached to the secondary battery 513. Circuit board 540 is fixed by seal 515. Further, the secondary battery pack 531 has an antenna 517.
  • the inside of the secondary battery 513 may have a structure having a wound body or a structure having a laminated body.
  • the secondary battery pack 531 includes a control circuit 590 on a circuit board 540, for example, as shown in FIG. 22B. Further, the circuit board 540 is electrically connected to the terminal 514. Further, the circuit board 540 is electrically connected to the antenna 517, one of the positive and negative leads 551, and the other 552 of the positive and negative leads of the secondary battery 513. Note that the positive electrode lead is sometimes called a positive electrode terminal, and the negative electrode lead is sometimes called a negative electrode terminal.
  • secondary battery pack 531 as the configuration of secondary battery 513 and control circuit 590, the configuration of power storage module 100 and the like described in Embodiment 1 can be used.
  • the terminal 514 may include a circuit system 590a provided on the circuit board 540 and a circuit system 590b electrically connected to the circuit board 540 via the terminal 514.
  • the terminal 514 has a plurality of terminals, and includes at least a high potential terminal (external terminal 51 in FIG. 1B) and a low potential terminal (external terminal 52 in FIG. 1B).
  • the antenna 517 is not limited to a coil shape, and may be, for example, a wire shape or a plate shape. Further, antennas such as a planar antenna, an aperture antenna, a traveling wave antenna, an EH antenna, a magnetic field antenna, and a dielectric antenna may be used. Alternatively, the antenna 517 may be a flat conductor. This flat conductor can function as one of the conductors for electric field coupling. In other words, the antenna 517 may function as one of the two conductors of the capacitor. This allows power to be exchanged not only by electromagnetic and magnetic fields but also by electric fields.
  • Secondary battery pack 531 has a layer 519 between antenna 517 and secondary battery 513.
  • the layer 519 has a function of shielding an electromagnetic field from the secondary battery 513, for example.
  • a magnetic material can be used as the layer 519.
  • Embodiment 4 an example of a vehicle including a secondary battery according to one embodiment of the present invention will be described.
  • the configuration of power storage module 100 and the like described in Embodiment 1 can be used.
  • a secondary battery can typically be applied to an automobile.
  • automobiles include next-generation clean energy vehicles such as hybrid vehicles (HV), electric vehicles (EV), and plug-in hybrid vehicles (PHEV or PHV).
  • a secondary battery can be applied.
  • Vehicles are not limited to automobiles.
  • vehicles include trains, monorails, ships, submersibles (deep sea exploration vehicles, unmanned submarines), flying vehicles (helicopters, unmanned aerial vehicles (drones), airplanes, rockets, artificial satellites), electric bicycles, electric motorcycles, etc.
  • the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention can be applied to these vehicles.
  • the electric vehicle is installed with first power storage devices 1301a and 1301b as main drive secondary batteries, and a second power storage device 1311 that supplies power to an inverter 1312 that starts a motor 1304.
  • the second power storage device 1311 is also called a cranking battery (also called a starter battery).
  • the second power storage device 1311 only needs to have a high output, and a large capacity is not required, and the capacity of the second power storage device 1311 is smaller than that of the first power storage devices 1301a and 1301b.
  • the internal structure of the first power storage device 1301a may be a wound type shown in FIG. 18C or FIG. 19A, or a stacked type shown in FIG. 20A or 20B. Further, an all-solid-state battery may be used for the first power storage device 1301a. By using an all-solid-state battery for the first power storage device 1301a, it is possible to increase the capacity, improve safety, and reduce the size and weight of the first power storage device 1301a.
  • a power storage device can extract a large amount of electric power by configuring a battery pack having a plurality of secondary batteries.
  • a plurality of secondary batteries may be connected in parallel, may be connected in series, or may be connected in parallel and then further connected in series.
  • a plurality of secondary batteries is also called an assembled battery.
  • the first power storage device 1301a has a service plug or a circuit breaker that can cut off high voltage without using tools. established in
  • the electric power of the first power storage devices 1301a and 1301b is mainly used to rotate the motor 1304, but it is also used for 42V-based in-vehicle components (electric power steering 1307, heater 1308, defogger 1309, etc.) via a DCDC circuit 1306. ). Even when the rear wheel has a rear motor 1317, the first power storage device 1301a is used to rotate the rear motor 1317.
  • the second power storage device 1311 supplies power to 14V vehicle components (audio 1313, power window 1314, lamps 1315, etc.) via the DCDC circuit 1310.
  • FIG. 23A shows an example in which nine square secondary batteries 1300 are used as one power storage module 1415. Further, nine prismatic secondary batteries 1300 are connected in series, one electrode is fixed by a fixing part 1413 made of an insulator, and the other electrode is fixed by a fixing part 1414 made of an insulator.
  • this embodiment shows an example in which the battery is fixed using the fixing parts 1413 and 1414, it may also be configured to be housed in a battery housing box (also referred to as a housing). Since it is assumed that a vehicle is subjected to vibrations or shaking from the outside (road surface, etc.), it is preferable to fix the plurality of secondary batteries using fixing parts 1413, 1414, a battery housing box, or the like.
  • one electrode is electrically connected to the control circuit section 1320 by a wiring 1421.
  • the other electrode is electrically connected to the control circuit section 1320 by a wiring 1422.
  • the one with a higher potential can be called the positive terminal of the first power storage device 1301a
  • the one with a lower potential can be called the positive terminal of the first power storage device 1301a. It can be called the negative terminal of device 1301a.
  • the control circuit section 1320 has an external connection terminal 1325 and an external connection terminal 1326.
  • control circuit section 1320 may use a memory circuit including a transistor using an oxide semiconductor.
  • a charging control circuit or a battery control system having a memory circuit including a transistor using an oxide semiconductor may be referred to as a BTOS (Battery operating system or Battery oxide semiconductor).
  • a metal oxide that functions as an oxide semiconductor it is preferable to use a metal oxide that functions as an oxide semiconductor.
  • a metal oxide In-M-Zn oxide (element M is aluminum, gallium, yttrium, copper, vanadium, beryllium, boron, titanium, iron, nickel, germanium, zirconium, molybdenum, lanthanum, cerium, neodymium) , hafnium, tantalum, tungsten, or one or more selected from magnesium, etc.) may be used.
  • In-M-Zn oxides that can be applied as metal oxides are CAAC-OS (C-Axis Aligned Crystal Oxide Semiconductor), CAC-OS (Cloud-Aligned Composite Oxide) Semiconductor) is preferable.
  • CAAC-OS C-Axis Aligned Crystal Oxide Semiconductor
  • CAC-OS Cloud-Aligned Composite Oxide
  • an In-Ga oxide or an In-Zn oxide may be used as the metal oxide.
  • CAAC-OS is an oxide semiconductor that has a plurality of crystal regions, and the c-axes of the plurality of crystal regions are oriented in a specific direction. Note that the specific direction is the thickness direction of the CAAC-OS film, the normal direction to the surface on which the CAAC-OS film is formed, or the normal direction to the surface of the CAAC-OS film.
  • a crystal region is a region having periodicity in atomic arrangement. Note that if the atomic arrangement is regarded as a lattice arrangement, a crystal
  • CAC-OS has a mosaic-like structure in which the material is separated into a first region and a second region, and the first region is distributed in the film (hereinafter referred to as a cloud-like structure). ). That is, CAC-OS is a composite metal oxide having a configuration in which the first region and the second region are mixed. However, it may be difficult to observe a clear boundary between the first region and the second region.
  • CAC-OS When CAC-OS is used in a transistor, the conductivity caused by the first region and the insulation caused by the second region act complementary to each other, resulting in a switching function (on/off function). can be provided to the CAC-OS.
  • a part of the material has a conductive function
  • a part of the material has an insulating function
  • the entire material has a semiconductor function.
  • Oxide semiconductors have a variety of structures, each with different properties.
  • the oxide semiconductor of one embodiment of the present invention includes two or more of an amorphous oxide semiconductor, a polycrystalline oxide semiconductor, an a-like OS, a CAC-OS, an nc-OS, and a CAAC-OS. It's okay.
  • control circuit portion 1320 can be used in a high-temperature environment, it is preferable to use a transistor using an oxide semiconductor.
  • the control circuit section 1320 may be formed using unipolar transistors. Transistors that use oxide semiconductors in their semiconductor layers have a wider operating ambient temperature than single-crystal Si transistors, ranging from -40°C to 150°C, and their characteristics change even when the secondary battery overheats compared to single-crystal Si transistors. small.
  • the off-state current of a transistor using an oxide semiconductor is below the measurement lower limit regardless of the temperature even at 150° C., the off-state current characteristics of a single-crystal Si transistor are highly temperature dependent. For example, at 150° C., the off-state current of a single-crystal Si transistor increases, and the current on/off ratio does not become sufficiently large.
  • the control circuit section 1320 can improve safety.
  • the control circuit unit 1320 using a memory circuit including a transistor using an oxide semiconductor can also function as an automatic control device for a secondary battery to prevent instability such as a micro short circuit.
  • Functions that eliminate the causes of instability in secondary batteries include overcharging prevention, overcurrent prevention, overheat control during charging, cell balance in assembled batteries, overdischarge prevention, fuel gauge, and Examples include automatic control of charging voltage and current amount, control of charging current amount according to the degree of deterioration, micro short abnormal behavior detection, abnormal prediction regarding micro short, etc., and the control circuit unit 1320 has at least one of these functions. Further, it is possible to miniaturize the automatic control device for the secondary battery.
  • micro short refers to a minute short circuit inside the secondary battery, and it is not so much that the positive and negative electrodes of the secondary battery are short-circuited, making it impossible to charge or discharge, but rather a minute short circuit inside the secondary battery. This refers to the phenomenon in which a small amount of short-circuit current flows in a short-circuited part. Since a large voltage change occurs even in a relatively short period of time and at a small location, the abnormal voltage value may affect subsequent estimation.
  • micro short circuits occur due to the occurrence of parts where some parts no longer function or the generation of side reactants due to side reactions.
  • control circuit unit 1320 can also be said to detect the terminal voltage of the secondary battery and manage the charging/discharging state of the secondary battery. For example, to prevent overcharging, both the output transistor and the cutoff switch of the charging circuit can be turned off almost simultaneously.
  • FIG. 23B shows an example of a block diagram of power storage module 1415 shown in FIG. 23A.
  • the control circuit unit 1320 includes a switch unit 1324 that includes at least a switch that prevents overcharging and a switch that prevents overdischarge, a control circuit 1322 that controls the switch unit 1324, and a voltage measurement unit of the first power storage device 1301a. , and a PTC element 1332.
  • the control circuit section 1320 has an upper limit voltage and a lower limit voltage set for the secondary battery to be used, and limits the upper limit of the current from the outside or the upper limit of the output current to the outside.
  • the range of the secondary battery's lower limit voltage to upper limit voltage is within the recommended voltage range, and when the voltage is outside of that range, the switch section 1324 is activated and functions as a protection circuit.
  • control circuit section 1320 can also be called a protection circuit because it controls the switch section 1324 to prevent over-discharging and/or over-charging. For example, when the control circuit 1322 detects a voltage that is likely to cause overcharging, the switch section 1324 is turned off to cut off the current. Furthermore, a PTC element may be provided in the charging/discharging path to provide a function of cutting off the current in response to a rise in temperature. Further, the control circuit section 1320 has an external terminal 1325 (+IN) and an external terminal 1326 (-IN).
  • the switch portion 1324 can be configured by combining n-channel transistors or p-channel transistors.
  • the switch section 1324 is not limited to a switch having an Si transistor using single crystal silicon, but includes, for example, Ge (germanium), SiGe (silicon germanium), GaAs (gallium arsenide), GaAlAs (gallium aluminum arsenide), InP (phosphide).
  • the switch portion 1324 may be formed using a power transistor including indium (indium), SiC (silicon carbide), ZnSe (zinc selenide), GaN (gallium nitride), GaOx (gallium oxide; x is a real number greater than 0), or the like.
  • a memory element using an OS transistor can be freely arranged by stacking it on a circuit using a Si transistor, it can be easily integrated. Furthermore, since an OS transistor can be manufactured using the same manufacturing equipment as a Si transistor, it can be manufactured at low cost. That is, the control circuit section 1320 using an OS transistor can be stacked on the switch section 1324 and integrated into one chip. Since the volume occupied by the control circuit section 1320 can be reduced, miniaturization is possible.
  • the first power storage devices 1301a and 1301b mainly supply power to 42V system (high voltage system) in-vehicle devices, and the second power storage device 1311 supplies power to 14V system (low voltage system) in-vehicle devices.
  • a lead storage battery is often used as the second power storage device 1311 because it is advantageous in terms of cost.
  • Lead-acid batteries have the disadvantage that they have greater self-discharge than lithium-ion batteries and are more susceptible to deterioration due to a phenomenon called sulfation.
  • a lithium ion battery as the second power storage device 1311 has the advantage of being maintenance-free, but if it is used for a long period of time, for example three years or more, there is a risk that an abnormality that is difficult to identify at the time of manufacture may occur.
  • the second power storage device 1311 that starts the inverter becomes inoperable, the second power storage device When 1311 is a lead-acid battery, power is supplied from the first battery to the second battery, and the battery is charged so as to always maintain a fully charged state.
  • the second power storage device 1311 may use a lead-acid battery, an all-solid-state battery, or an electric double layer capacitor.
  • an all-solid-state battery may be used.
  • regenerated energy due to the rotation of the tires 1316 is sent to the motor 1304 via the gear 1305 and charged to the second power storage device 1311 from the motor controller 1303 or the battery controller 1302 via the control circuit section 1321.
  • the first power storage device 1301a is charged from the battery controller 1302 via the control circuit unit 1320.
  • the first power storage device 1301b is charged from the battery controller 1302 via the control circuit unit 1320.
  • the battery controller 1302 can set the charging voltage, charging current, etc. of the first power storage devices 1301a and 1301b.
  • the battery controller 1302 can set charging conditions according to the charging characteristics of the secondary battery to be used and perform rapid charging.
  • the outlet of the charger or the connection cable of the charger is electrically connected to the battery controller 1302. Power supplied from an external charger charges the first power storage devices 1301a and 1301b via the battery controller 1302. Also, depending on the charger, a control circuit is provided and the function of the battery controller 1302 is not used in some cases, but the first power storage devices 1301a and 1301b are charged via the control circuit section 1320 to prevent overcharging. It is preferable to do so.
  • the connecting cable or the connecting cable of the charger is provided with a control circuit.
  • the control circuit section 1320 is sometimes called an ECU (Electronic Control Unit).
  • the ECU is connected to a CAN (Controller Area Network) provided in the electric vehicle.
  • CAN is one of the serial communication standards used as an in-vehicle LAN.
  • the ECU includes a microcomputer. Further, the ECU uses a CPU or a GPU.
  • External chargers installed at charging stations and the like include 100V outlet-200V outlet, or 3-phase 200V and 50kW. It is also possible to charge the battery by receiving power from an external charging facility using a non-contact power supply method or the like.
  • the capacity decrease is suppressed even when the electrode layer is made thicker and the loading amount is increased, and the synergistic effect of maintaining high capacity has resulted in a secondary battery with significantly improved electrical characteristics.
  • It is particularly effective for secondary batteries used in vehicles, and provides a vehicle with a long cruising range, specifically a cruising range of 500 km or more on one charge, without increasing the weight ratio of the secondary battery to the total vehicle weight. be able to.
  • next-generation clean energy such as a hybrid vehicle (HV), electric vehicle (EV), or plug-in hybrid vehicle (PHV) can be realized.
  • HV hybrid vehicle
  • EV electric vehicle
  • PSV plug-in hybrid vehicle
  • a car can be realized.
  • secondary batteries in agricultural machinery, motorized bicycles including electric assist bicycles, motorcycles, electric wheelchairs, electric carts, ships, submarines, aircraft, rockets, artificial satellites, space probes, planetary probes, or spacecraft. It can also be installed.
  • the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention can be a high capacity secondary battery. Therefore, the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention is suitable for reduction in size and weight, and can be suitably used for transportation vehicles.
  • a car 2001 shown in FIG. 24A is an electric car that uses an electric motor as a power source for driving. Alternatively, it is a hybrid vehicle that can appropriately select and use an electric motor and an engine as a power source for driving.
  • a secondary battery is mounted on a vehicle, the example of the secondary battery shown in Embodiment 3 is installed at one location or multiple locations.
  • An automobile 2001 shown in FIG. 24A includes a battery pack 2200, and the battery pack includes a secondary battery module to which a plurality of secondary batteries are connected. Furthermore, it is preferable to include a charging control device electrically connected to the secondary battery module.
  • the automobile 2001 can be charged by receiving power from an external charging facility using a plug-in method, a non-contact power supply method, or the like to a secondary battery of the automobile 2001.
  • a predetermined charging method or connector standard such as CHAdeMO (registered trademark) or combo may be used as appropriate.
  • the charging device may be a charging station provided at a commercial facility or may be a home power source.
  • plug-in technology it is possible to charge the power storage device mounted on the vehicle 2001 by supplying power from the outside. Charging can be performed by converting AC power into DC power via a conversion device such as an ACDC converter.
  • a power receiving device can be mounted on a vehicle and electrical power can be supplied from a ground power transmitting device in a non-contact manner for charging.
  • this non-contact power supply method by incorporating a power transmission device into the road or outside wall, charging can be performed not only while the vehicle is stopped but also while the vehicle is running. Further, electric power may be transmitted and received between two vehicles using this contactless power supply method.
  • a solar cell may be provided on the exterior of the vehicle, and the secondary battery may be charged when the vehicle is stopped or traveling.
  • an electromagnetic induction method or a magnetic resonance method can be used.
  • FIG. 24B shows a large transport vehicle 2002 having an electrically controlled motor as an example of a transport vehicle.
  • the secondary battery module of the transport vehicle 2002 has a maximum voltage of 170V, for example, in which four secondary batteries with a nominal voltage of 3.0 V or more and 5.0 V or less are connected in series, and 48 cells are connected in series. Except for the difference in the number of secondary batteries constituting the secondary battery module of the battery pack 2201, it has the same functions as those in FIG. 24A, so a description thereof will be omitted.
  • FIG. 24C shows, by way of example, a large transport vehicle 2003 with an electrically controlled motor.
  • the secondary battery module of the transportation vehicle 2003 has a maximum voltage of 600V, for example, by connecting one hundred or more battery packs 2202 in series with a nominal voltage of 3.0V or more and 5.0V or less. Therefore, a secondary battery with small variations in characteristics is required.
  • FIG. 24D shows an example aircraft 2004 with an engine that burns fuel. Since the aircraft 2004 shown in FIG. 24D has wheels for takeoff and landing, it can be said to be a type of transportation vehicle, and a plurality of secondary batteries are connected to form a secondary battery module, and the secondary battery module and charging control are performed. It has a battery pack 2203 that includes a device.
  • the secondary battery module of the aircraft 2004 has a maximum voltage of 32V, for example, by connecting eight 4V secondary batteries in series. 24A, except for the number of secondary batteries constituting the secondary battery module of the battery pack 2203, etc., are provided, so description thereof will be omitted.
  • FIG. 24E shows an artificial satellite 2005 equipped with a secondary battery 2204 as an example. Since the artificial satellite 2005 is used in outer space at extremely low temperatures, it is preferable to include a secondary battery 2204, which is an embodiment of the present invention and has excellent low-temperature resistance. Furthermore, it is more preferable that the secondary battery 2204 is mounted inside the artificial satellite 2005 while being covered with a heat insulating member.
  • Embodiment 5 In this embodiment, an example in which a secondary battery, which is one embodiment of the present invention, is mounted in a building will be described with reference to FIGS. 25A and 25B.
  • the configuration of power storage module 100 and the like described in Embodiment 1 can be used.
  • the house shown in FIG. 25A includes a power storage device 2612 including a secondary battery, which is one embodiment of the present invention, and a solar panel 2610.
  • Power storage device 2612 is electrically connected to solar panel 2610 via wiring 2611 and the like. Further, the power storage device 2612 and the ground-mounted charging device 2604 may be electrically connected. Electric power obtained by the solar panel 2610 can charge the power storage device 2612. Further, the power stored in the power storage device 2612 can be charged to a secondary battery included in the vehicle 2603 via the charging device 2604.
  • the power storage device 2612 is preferably installed in the underfloor space. By installing it in the underfloor space, the space above the floor can be used effectively. Alternatively, power storage device 2612 may be installed on the floor.
  • the power stored in the power storage device 2612 can also be supplied to other electronic devices in the house. Therefore, even when power cannot be supplied from a commercial power source due to a power outage or the like, electronic devices can be used by using the power storage device 2612 according to one embodiment of the present invention as an uninterruptible power source.
  • FIG. 25B shows an example of a power storage device according to one embodiment of the present invention.
  • a power storage device 791 according to one embodiment of the present invention is installed in an underfloor space 796 of a building 799.
  • a control device 790 is installed in the power storage device 791, and the control device 790 is connected to a distribution board 703, a power storage controller 705 (also referred to as a control device), a display 706, and a router 709 through wiring. electrically connected.
  • Electric power is sent from a commercial power source 701 to a distribution board 703 via a drop-in line attachment section 710. Further, power is sent to the power distribution board 703 from the power storage device 791 and the commercial power source 701, and the power distribution board 703 sends the sent power to the general load through an outlet (not shown). 707 and a power storage system load 708.
  • the general load 707 is, for example, an electrical device such as a television or a personal computer
  • the power storage system load 708 is, for example, an electrical device such as a microwave oven, a refrigerator, or an air conditioner.
  • the power storage controller 705 includes a measurement section 711, a prediction section 712, and a planning section 713.
  • the measurement unit 711 has a function of measuring the amount of power consumed by the general load 707 and the power storage system load 708 during one day (for example, from 0:00 to 24:00). Further, the measurement unit 711 may have a function of measuring the amount of power of the power storage device 791 and the amount of power supplied from the commercial power source 701.
  • the prediction unit 712 calculates the demand for consumption by the general load 707 and the power storage system load 708 during the next day based on the amount of power consumed by the general load 707 and the power storage system load 708 during one day. It has a function to predict the amount of electricity.
  • the planning unit 713 has a function of making a plan for charging and discharging the power storage device 791 based on the amount of power demand predicted by the prediction unit 712.
  • the amount of power consumed by the general load 707 and the power storage system load 708 measured by the measurement unit 711 can be confirmed on the display 706. Further, the information can also be confirmed in an electrical device such as a television or a personal computer via the router 709. Furthermore, the information can also be confirmed using a portable electronic terminal such as a smartphone or a tablet via the router 709. Furthermore, the amount of power required for each time period (or each hour) predicted by the prediction unit 712 can be confirmed using the display 706, electrical equipment, and portable electronic terminal.
  • FIG. 26A is an example of an electric bicycle using the power storage device of one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the power storage device of one embodiment of the present invention can be applied to an electric bicycle 8700 illustrated in FIG. 26A.
  • a power storage device according to one embodiment of the present invention includes, for example, a plurality of storage batteries and a protection circuit.
  • Electric bicycle 8700 includes a power storage device 8702.
  • the power storage device 8702 can supply electricity to a motor that assists the driver. Further, the power storage device 8702 is portable, and FIG. 26B shows a state in which it is removed from the bicycle. Further, the power storage device 8702 has a plurality of built-in storage batteries 8701 included in the power storage device of one embodiment of the present invention, and can display the remaining battery level and the like on a display portion 8703.
  • Power storage device 8702 also includes a control circuit 8704 that can control charging or detect abnormality of a secondary battery, an example of which is shown in Embodiment 6. The control circuit 8704 is electrically connected to the positive and negative electrodes of the storage battery 8701.
  • FIG. 26C is an example of a two-wheeled vehicle using the power storage device of one embodiment of the present invention.
  • a scooter 8600 shown in FIG. 26C includes a power storage device 8602, a side mirror 8601, and a direction indicator light 8603.
  • the power storage device 8602 can supply electricity to the direction indicator light 8603.
  • a power storage device 8602 can be stored in an under-seat storage 8604.
  • the power storage device 8602 can be stored in the under-seat storage 8604 even if the under-seat storage 8604 is small.
  • a secondary battery which is one embodiment of the present invention, is mounted in an electronic device
  • electronic devices incorporating secondary batteries include television devices (also called televisions or television receivers), computer monitors, digital cameras, digital video cameras, digital photo frames, mobile phones (mobile phones, Examples include mobile phone devices (also referred to as mobile phone devices), portable game machines, personal digital assistants, audio playback devices, and large game machines such as pachinko machines.
  • portable information terminals include notebook personal computers, tablet terminals, electronic book terminals, and mobile phones.
  • the configuration of power storage module 100 and the like described in Embodiment 1 can be used.
  • FIG. 27A shows an example of a mobile phone.
  • the mobile phone 2100 includes a display section 2102 built into a housing 2101, as well as operation buttons 2103, an external connection port 2104, a speaker 2105, a microphone 2106, and the like. Note that the mobile phone 2100 includes a secondary battery 2107.
  • the mobile phone 2100 can run various applications such as mobile telephony, e-mail, text viewing and creation, music playback, Internet communication, computer games, and so on.
  • the operation button 2103 can have various functions such as turning on and off the power, turning on and off wireless communication, executing and canceling silent mode, and executing and canceling power saving mode.
  • the functions of the operation buttons 2103 can be freely set using the operating system built into the mobile phone 2100.
  • the mobile phone 2100 is capable of performing short-range wireless communication according to communication standards. For example, by communicating with a headset capable of wireless communication, it is also possible to make hands-free calls.
  • the mobile phone 2100 is equipped with an external connection port 2104, and can directly exchange data with other information terminals via a connector. Charging can also be performed via the external connection port 2104. Note that the charging operation may be performed by wireless power supply without using the external connection port 2104.
  • the mobile phone 2100 has a sensor.
  • a human body sensor such as a fingerprint sensor, a pulse sensor, a body temperature sensor, a touch sensor, a pressure sensor, an acceleration sensor, or the like.
  • FIG. 27B is an unmanned aircraft 2300 with multiple rotors 2302.
  • Unmanned aerial vehicle 2300 is sometimes called a drone.
  • Unmanned aircraft 2300 includes a secondary battery 2301, which is one embodiment of the present invention, a camera 2303, and an antenna (not shown).
  • Unmanned aerial vehicle 2300 can be remotely controlled via an antenna.
  • FIG. 27C shows an example of a robot.
  • the robot 6400 shown in FIG. 27C includes a secondary battery 6409, an illuminance sensor 6401, a microphone 6402, an upper camera 6403, a speaker 6404, a display portion 6405, a lower camera 6406, an obstacle sensor 6407, a movement mechanism 6408, a calculation device, and the like.
  • the microphone 6402 has a function of detecting the user's speaking voice, environmental sounds, and the like. Furthermore, the speaker 6404 has a function of emitting sound.
  • the robot 6400 can communicate with a user using a microphone 6402 and a speaker 6404.
  • the display unit 6405 has a function of displaying various information.
  • the robot 6400 can display information desired by the user on the display section 6405.
  • the display unit 6405 may include a touch panel. Further, the display unit 6405 may be a removable information terminal, and by installing it at a fixed position on the robot 6400, charging and data exchange are possible.
  • the upper camera 6403 and the lower camera 6406 have a function of capturing images around the robot 6400. Further, the obstacle sensor 6407 can detect the presence or absence of an obstacle in the direction of movement of the robot 6400 when the robot 6400 moves forward using the moving mechanism 6408.
  • the robot 6400 uses an upper camera 6403, a lower camera 6406, and an obstacle sensor 6407 to recognize the surrounding environment and can move safely.
  • the robot 6400 includes a secondary battery 6409 according to one embodiment of the present invention and a semiconductor device or an electronic component in its internal area.
  • FIG. 27D shows an example of a cleaning robot.
  • the cleaning robot 6300 includes a display portion 6302 placed on the top surface of a housing 6301, a plurality of cameras 6303 placed on the side, a brush 6304, an operation button 6305, a secondary battery 6306, various sensors, and the like.
  • the cleaning robot 6300 is equipped with tires, a suction port, and the like.
  • the cleaning robot 6300 is self-propelled, detects dirt 6310, and can suck the dirt from a suction port provided on the bottom surface.
  • the cleaning robot 6300 can analyze the image taken by the camera 6303 and determine the presence or absence of obstacles such as walls, furniture, or steps. Furthermore, if an object such as wiring that is likely to become entangled with the brush 6304 is detected through image analysis, the rotation of the brush 6304 can be stopped.
  • the cleaning robot 6300 includes a secondary battery 6306 according to one embodiment of the present invention and a semiconductor device or an electronic component in its internal area.
  • FIG. 28A shows an example of a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices use secondary batteries as a power source.
  • wearable devices that can be charged wirelessly in addition to wired charging with exposed connectors are being developed to improve splash-proof, water-resistant, and dust-proof performance when used in daily life or outdoors. desired.
  • a secondary battery which is one embodiment of the present invention, can be mounted in a glasses-type device 4000 as shown in FIG. 28A.
  • Glasses-type device 4000 includes a frame 4000a and a display portion 4000b.
  • the eyeglass-type device 4000 is lightweight, has good weight balance, and can be used for a long time.
  • a secondary battery which is one embodiment of the present invention, can be mounted in the headset type device 4001.
  • the headset type device 4001 includes at least a microphone section 4001a, a flexible pipe 4001b, and an earphone section 4001c.
  • a secondary battery can be provided within the flexible pipe 4001b or within the earphone portion 4001c.
  • a secondary battery which is one embodiment of the present invention, can be mounted in the device 4002 that can be directly attached to the body.
  • a secondary battery 4002b can be provided in a thin housing 4002a of the device 4002.
  • a secondary battery which is one embodiment of the present invention, can be mounted on the device 4003 that can be attached to clothing.
  • a secondary battery 4003b can be provided in a thin housing 4003a of the device 4003.
  • a secondary battery which is one embodiment of the present invention, can be mounted on the belt-type device 4006.
  • the belt-type device 4006 includes a belt portion 4006a and a wireless power receiving portion 4006b, and a secondary battery can be mounted in an internal area of the belt portion 4006a.
  • the wristwatch-type device 4005 can be equipped with a secondary battery, which is one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the wristwatch type device 4005 has a display portion 4005a and a belt portion 4005b, and a secondary battery can be provided in the display portion 4005a or the belt portion 4005b.
  • the display section 4005a can display not only the time but also various information such as incoming mail or telephone calls.
  • the wristwatch-type device 4005 is a wearable device that is worn directly around the arm, it may be equipped with a sensor that measures the user's pulse, blood pressure, and the like. It is possible to accumulate data on the amount of exercise and health of the user and manage his/her health.
  • FIG. 28B shows a perspective view of wristwatch type device 4005 removed from the wrist.
  • FIG. 28C shows a state in which a secondary battery 913 is built in the internal area.
  • Secondary battery 913 is the secondary battery shown in Embodiment 3.
  • the secondary battery 913 is provided at a position overlapping the display portion 4005a, and can have high density and high capacity, and is small and lightweight.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Electrochemistry (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Charge And Discharge Circuits For Batteries Or The Like (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a power storage module that is capable of suppressing an accident even when a problem has occurred in an IC of a control circuit. This power storage module has a power storage device, a PTC element, an IC, a first external terminal, and a second external terminal, wherein: the power storage device has a positive electrode terminal and a negative electrode terminal; the PTC element has a first terminal and a second terminal; the IC has a third terminal and a fourth terminal; the first terminal is electrically connected to the positive electrode terminal and the first external terminal; the second terminal is electrically connected to the third terminal; and the fourth terminal is electrically connected to the negative electrode terminal and the second external terminal.

Description

蓄電モジュールEnergy storage module
本明細書等に開示する発明(以下、本明細書等において「本発明」と表記することがある。)は、蓄電装置、二次電池等に関する。特に、リチウムイオン電池に関する。 The invention disclosed in this specification etc. (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "the present invention" in this specification etc.) relates to a power storage device, a secondary battery, etc. In particular, it relates to lithium ion batteries.
または、本発明は、物、方法、もしくは製造方法に関する。または、本発明は、プロセス、マシン、マニュファクチャ、もしくは組成物(コンポジション・オブ・マター)に関する。または、本発明は、半導体装置、表示装置、発光装置、蓄電装置、照明装置、電子機器、車両もしくはそれらの製造方法に関する。 Alternatively, the present invention relates to a product, a method, or a manufacturing method. Alternatively, the invention relates to a process, machine, manufacture, or composition of matter. Alternatively, the present invention relates to a semiconductor device, a display device, a light emitting device, a power storage device, a lighting device, an electronic device, a vehicle, or a manufacturing method thereof.
近年、リチウムイオン電池、リチウムイオンキャパシタ、空気電池等、種々の蓄電装置の開発が盛んに行われている。特に、高出力、高エネルギー密度であるリチウムイオン電池は、携帯電話機、スマートフォン、もしくはノート型コンピュータ等の携帯情報端末、携帯音楽プレーヤ、デジタルカメラ、医療機器、又は、ハイブリッド車(HV)、電気自動車(EV)、もしくはプラグインハイブリッド車(PHV)等の電動車両など、半導体産業の発展と併せて急速にその需要が拡大し、繰り返し充電可能なエネルギーの供給源として現代の情報化社会に不可欠なものとなっている。 In recent years, various power storage devices such as lithium ion batteries, lithium ion capacitors, and air batteries have been actively developed. In particular, lithium-ion batteries with high output and high energy density are used in mobile phones, smartphones, portable information terminals such as notebook computers, portable music players, digital cameras, medical equipment, hybrid vehicles (HVs), and electric vehicles. With the development of the semiconductor industry, demand for electric vehicles such as EVs (EVs) and plug-in hybrid vehicles (PHVs) has rapidly expanded, and they have become essential in today's information society as a source of repeatedly rechargeable energy. It has become a thing.
蓄電装置(電池、二次電池などと言う場合がある)は、電池の充電環境および/または電池の放電環境に依存して、充電特性および/または放電特性が変動する。例えば、リチウムイオン電池は低温環境下において、つまり電池の温度が低い場合において、放電容量が小さくなることが知られている。 A power storage device (sometimes referred to as a battery, a secondary battery, etc.) has charging characteristics and/or discharge characteristics that vary depending on a battery charging environment and/or a battery discharging environment. For example, it is known that the discharge capacity of lithium ion batteries decreases in a low temperature environment, that is, when the temperature of the battery is low.
そこで、低温環境下に蓄電装置(電池、二次電池などと言う場合がある)がある場合に、電池に隣接して設置されるヒータによって、電池を加温することが可能な蓄電モジュールが提案されている(例えば、特許文献1参照)。 Therefore, we have proposed a power storage module that can heat the battery using a heater installed adjacent to the battery when there is a power storage device (sometimes called a battery, secondary battery, etc.) in a low-temperature environment. (For example, see Patent Document 1).
特開2014−30340JP2014-30340
特許文献1において、蓄電装置に隣接してヒータが設置され、当該ヒータで蓄電装置を加温する蓄電モジュールが開示されている。また、蓄電モジュールはさらに、蓄電装置に隣接して配置され、蓄電装置の温度を検知する温度センサと、温度センサが検知した蓄電装置の温度の情報が入力される制御回路を有し、制御回路は当該ヒータのオン及びオフを制御することが開示されている。 Patent Document 1 discloses a power storage module in which a heater is installed adjacent to a power storage device and the heater heats the power storage device. The power storage module further includes a temperature sensor that is placed adjacent to the power storage device and detects the temperature of the power storage device, and a control circuit into which information about the temperature of the power storage device detected by the temperature sensor is input, and the control circuit is disclosed to control turning on and off of the heater.
このような構成の蓄電モジュールにおいて、蓄電装置の温度が適切に制御されるためには、制御回路が安定に動作する必要がある。しかしながら、制御回路に用いられることの多いマイクロコントローラなどのICは、ラッチアップなどの不具合により、正常に動作しない可能性がある。このように制御回路が正常に動作しない場合には、上記の蓄電装置に隣接するヒータを制御できない状態となり、蓄電装置が危険な温度になってもヒータによる加温を続けてしまう恐れがある。また、このような状態が続く場合には、蓄電装置の発火などの事故に繋がってしまう恐れがある。 In a power storage module having such a configuration, the control circuit needs to operate stably in order to appropriately control the temperature of the power storage device. However, ICs such as microcontrollers that are often used in control circuits may not operate properly due to problems such as latch-up. If the control circuit does not operate normally as described above, the heater adjacent to the power storage device cannot be controlled, and even if the power storage device reaches a dangerous temperature, the heater may continue to heat the power storage device. Furthermore, if such a state continues, there is a risk that it may lead to an accident such as the power storage device catching fire.
よって、蓄電モジュールが有する制御回路の不具合(ラッチアップなど)に起因する蓄電装置の発火等の事故を抑制することを課題の一とする。具体的には、蓄電モジュールが有する制御回路にラッチアップが発生した場合に、受動的に制御回路の再起動をおこなうことが可能な蓄電モジュールを提供することを、課題の一とする。 Therefore, one of the challenges is to suppress accidents such as ignition of the power storage device due to defects (such as latch-up) in the control circuit of the power storage module. Specifically, one of the objects is to provide a power storage module that can passively restart a control circuit when a latch-up occurs in a control circuit included in the power storage module.
なお、これらの課題の記載は、他の課題の存在を妨げるものではない。本発明の一態様は、必ずしも、これらの課題の全てを解決する必要はないものとする。明細書、図面、請求項の記載から、これら以外の課題を抽出することが可能である。 Note that the description of these issues does not preclude the existence of other issues. One embodiment of the present invention does not necessarily need to solve all of these problems. Problems other than these can be extracted from the description, drawings, and claims.
本発明の一態様は、蓄電装置と、PTC(Positive Temperature Coefficient)素子と、ICと、第1の外部端子と、第2の外部端子と、を有し、蓄電装置は、正極端子と、負極端子と、を有し、PTC素子は、第1の端子と、第2の端子と、を有し、ICは、第3の端子と、第4の端子と、を有し、第1の端子は、正極端子および第1の外部端子と電気的に接続され、第2の端子は、第3の端子と電気的に接続され、第4の端子は、負極端子および第2の外部端子と電気的に接続される、蓄電モジュールである。 One embodiment of the present invention includes a power storage device, a PTC (Positive Temperature Coefficient) element, an IC, a first external terminal, and a second external terminal, and the power storage device has a positive terminal and a negative terminal. The PTC element has a first terminal and a second terminal, the IC has a third terminal and a fourth terminal, and the first terminal is electrically connected to the positive terminal and the first external terminal, the second terminal is electrically connected to the third terminal, and the fourth terminal is electrically connected to the negative terminal and the second external terminal. It is a power storage module that is connected to
また、上記の蓄電モジュールにおいて、PTC素子は、過電流保護素子であることが好ましい。 Furthermore, in the above power storage module, the PTC element is preferably an overcurrent protection element.
本発明の他の一態様は、蓄電装置と、PTC素子と、ICと、NTC素子と、第1の外部端子と、第2の外部端子と、を有し、蓄電装置は、正極端子と、負極端子と、を有し、PTC素子は、第1の端子と、第2の端子と、を有し、ICは、第3の端子と、第4の端子と、を有し、第1の端子は、正極端子および第1の外部端子と電気的に接続され、第2の端子は、第3の端子と電気的に接続され、第4の端子は、負極端子および第2の外部端子と電気的に接続され、NTC素子は、ICと電気的に接続される、蓄電モジュールである。 Another aspect of the present invention includes a power storage device, a PTC element, an IC, an NTC element, a first external terminal, and a second external terminal, and the power storage device includes a positive terminal and the PTC element has a first terminal and a second terminal; the IC has a third terminal and a fourth terminal; The terminal is electrically connected to the positive terminal and the first external terminal, the second terminal is electrically connected to the third terminal, and the fourth terminal is electrically connected to the negative terminal and the second external terminal. The NTC element is a power storage module that is electrically connected to the IC.
また、上記の蓄電モジュールにおいて、PTC素子は、過電流保護素子であることが好ましく、NTC素子は、温度センサであることが好ましい。 Further, in the above power storage module, the PTC element is preferably an overcurrent protection element, and the NTC element is preferably a temperature sensor.
本発明の他の一態様は、蓄電装置と、第1のPTC素子と、ICと、NTC素子と、第2のPTC素子と、第1の外部端子と、第2の外部端子と、を有し、蓄電装置は、正極端子と、負極端子と、を有し、第1のPTC素子は、第1の端子と、第2の端子と、を有し、ICは、第3の端子と、第4の端子と、を有し、第1の端子は、正極端子および第1の外部端子と電気的に接続され、第2の端子は、第3の端子と電気的に接続され、第4の端子は、負極端子および第2の外部端子と電気的に接続され、NTC素子は、ICと電気的に接続され、第2のPTC素子は、ICと電気的に接続される、蓄電モジュールである。 Another aspect of the present invention includes a power storage device, a first PTC element, an IC, an NTC element, a second PTC element, a first external terminal, and a second external terminal. The power storage device has a positive terminal and a negative terminal, the first PTC element has a first terminal and a second terminal, and the IC has a third terminal, a fourth terminal, the first terminal is electrically connected to the positive terminal and the first external terminal, the second terminal is electrically connected to the third terminal, and the fourth terminal is electrically connected to the positive terminal and the first external terminal. The terminal is electrically connected to the negative terminal and the second external terminal, the NTC element is electrically connected to the IC, and the second PTC element is electrically connected to the IC. be.
また、上記の蓄電モジュールにおいて、第1のPTC素子は、過電流保護素子であることが好ましい。また、NTC素子は、温度センサであり、第2のPTC素子は、ヒータであることが好ましい。 Further, in the above power storage module, it is preferable that the first PTC element is an overcurrent protection element. Moreover, it is preferable that the NTC element is a temperature sensor and the second PTC element is a heater.
また、上記の蓄電モジュールにおいて、ICは電池制御ICであることが好ましい。または、ICは電池保護ICであることが好ましい。 Further, in the above power storage module, the IC is preferably a battery control IC. Alternatively, the IC is preferably a battery protection IC.
また、上記の蓄電モジュールにおいて、ICはマイクロコントローラを有することが好ましい。このとき、マイクロコントローラは、CPU、メモリ、クロック発生回路、入力部、及び出力部を有することが好ましい。 Further, in the above power storage module, the IC preferably includes a microcontroller. At this time, the microcontroller preferably has a CPU, a memory, a clock generation circuit, an input section, and an output section.
また、本発明の一態様は、蓄電装置と、ICと、PTC素子と、第1の外部端子と、を有し、蓄電装置は、PTC素子および外部端子と、電気的に接続され、ICは、PTC素子を介して蓄電装置と、電気的に接続される、蓄電モジュールであって、ICに異常が生じ、ICおよびPTC素子に過電流が流れる場合において、PTC素子が過熱し、抵抗値が増大し、PTC素子を流れる電流が実質的に遮断されることで、ICを停止させ、その後、PTC素子の温度が低下すると、PTC素子の抵抗が減少し、PTC素子を電流が流れることで、ICを再起動する、蓄電モジュールである。 Further, one embodiment of the present invention includes a power storage device, an IC, a PTC element, and a first external terminal, the power storage device is electrically connected to the PTC element and the external terminal, and the IC is electrically connected to the PTC element and the external terminal. , a power storage module that is electrically connected to a power storage device via a PTC element, and when an abnormality occurs in the IC and overcurrent flows through the IC and the PTC element, the PTC element overheats and the resistance value decreases. When the temperature of the PTC element decreases, the resistance of the PTC element decreases and the current flows through the PTC element, causing the IC to stop. This is a power storage module that restarts the IC.
上記において、ICの異常としてラッチアップが挙げられる。 In the above, latch-up can be cited as an abnormality in the IC.
本発明の一態様により、蓄電モジュールが有する制御回路が有するICの不具合(ラッチアップなど)に起因する蓄電装置の発火等の事故を抑制することができる。具体的には、蓄電モジュールが有する制御回路が有するICにラッチアップが発生した場合に、受動的に制御回路の再起動(リセット)をおこなうことが可能な蓄電モジュールを提供することができる。 According to one embodiment of the present invention, accidents such as ignition of a power storage device due to a malfunction (such as latch-up) of an IC included in a control circuit of a power storage module can be suppressed. Specifically, it is possible to provide a power storage module that can passively restart (reset) the control circuit when latch-up occurs in an IC included in the control circuit of the power storage module.
なお、これらの効果の記載は、他の効果の存在を妨げるものではない。本発明の一態様は、必ずしも、これらの効果の全てを有する必要はない。明細書、図面、請求項の記載から、これら以外の効果を抽出することが可能である。 Note that the description of these effects does not preclude the existence of other effects. One embodiment of the present invention does not necessarily need to have all of these effects. Effects other than these can be extracted from the description, drawings, and claims.
図1A及び図1Bは、蓄電モジュールの構成例を説明する図である。
図2A乃至図2Cは、PTC素子を説明する図である。
図3は、蓄電モジュールの制御回路が有するICに不具合が発生した場合の、動作フローを説明する図である。
図4A及び図4Bは、蓄電モジュールの構成例を説明する図である。
図5A及び図5Bは、蓄電モジュールの構成例を説明する図である。
図6A乃至図6Dは、TCO素子を説明する図である。
図7A乃至図7Eは、TCO素子を説明する図である。
図8A及び図8Bは、蓄電モジュールの構成例を説明する図である。
図9A乃至図9Cは、蓄電モジュールの構成例を説明する図である。
図10A及び図10Bは、蓄電モジュールの構成例を説明する図である。
図11A及び図11Bは、蓄電モジュールの構成例を説明する図である。
図12A乃至図12Dは、蓄電モジュールの構成例を説明する図である。
図13は、蓄電モジュールの構成例を説明する図である。
図14は、蓄電モジュールの構成例を説明する図である。
図15は、蓄電モジュールの構成例を説明する図である。
図16Aはコイン型二次電池の分解斜視図であり、図16Bはコイン型二次電池の斜視図であり、図16Cはその断面斜視図である。
図17Aは、円筒型の二次電池の例を示す。図17Bは、円筒型の二次電池の例を示す。図17Cは、複数の円筒型の二次電池の例を示す。図17Dは、複数の円筒型の二次電池を有する蓄電システムの例を示す。
図18A及び図18Bは、二次電池の例を説明する図であり、図18Cは、二次電池の内部の様子を示す図である。
図19A乃至図19Cは、二次電池の例を説明する図である。
図20A、及び図20Bは、二次電池の外観を示す図である。
図21A乃至図21Cは、二次電池の作製方法を説明する図である。
図22A乃至図22Cは、電池パックの構成例を示す。
図23Aは、本発明の一態様を示す電池モジュールの斜視図であり、図23Bは、電池モジュールのブロック図であり、図23Cは、電池モジュールを有する車両のブロック図である。
図24A乃至図24Dは、輸送用車両の一例を説明する図である。図24Eは、人工衛星の一例を説明する図である。
図25A、及び図25Bは、本発明の一態様に係る蓄電装置を説明する図である。
図26Aは、電動自転車を示す図であり、図26Bは、電動自転車の二次電池を示す図であり、図26Cは、スクータを説明する図である。
図27A乃至図27Dは、電子機器の一例を説明する図である。
図28Aは、ウェアラブルデバイスの例を示しており、図28Bは、腕時計型デバイスの斜視図を示しており、図28Cは、腕時計型デバイスの側面を説明する図である。
FIGS. 1A and 1B are diagrams illustrating a configuration example of a power storage module.
2A to 2C are diagrams illustrating a PTC element.
FIG. 3 is a diagram illustrating an operation flow when a malfunction occurs in the IC included in the control circuit of the power storage module.
FIGS. 4A and 4B are diagrams illustrating a configuration example of a power storage module.
5A and 5B are diagrams illustrating a configuration example of a power storage module.
6A to 6D are diagrams illustrating the TCO element.
7A to 7E are diagrams illustrating the TCO element.
FIGS. 8A and 8B are diagrams illustrating a configuration example of a power storage module.
9A to 9C are diagrams illustrating a configuration example of a power storage module.
FIGS. 10A and 10B are diagrams illustrating a configuration example of a power storage module.
FIGS. 11A and 11B are diagrams illustrating a configuration example of a power storage module.
FIGS. 12A to 12D are diagrams illustrating configuration examples of power storage modules.
FIG. 13 is a diagram illustrating a configuration example of a power storage module.
FIG. 14 is a diagram illustrating a configuration example of a power storage module.
FIG. 15 is a diagram illustrating a configuration example of a power storage module.
FIG. 16A is an exploded perspective view of a coin-type secondary battery, FIG. 16B is a perspective view of the coin-type secondary battery, and FIG. 16C is a cross-sectional perspective view thereof.
FIG. 17A shows an example of a cylindrical secondary battery. FIG. 17B shows an example of a cylindrical secondary battery. FIG. 17C shows an example of a plurality of cylindrical secondary batteries. FIG. 17D shows an example of a power storage system including a plurality of cylindrical secondary batteries.
18A and 18B are diagrams illustrating an example of a secondary battery, and FIG. 18C is a diagram illustrating the inside of the secondary battery.
19A to 19C are diagrams illustrating examples of secondary batteries.
FIG. 20A and FIG. 20B are diagrams showing the appearance of the secondary battery.
21A to 21C are diagrams illustrating a method for manufacturing a secondary battery.
22A to 22C show configuration examples of battery packs.
FIG. 23A is a perspective view of a battery module showing one embodiment of the present invention, FIG. 23B is a block diagram of the battery module, and FIG. 23C is a block diagram of a vehicle having the battery module.
24A to 24D are diagrams illustrating an example of a transportation vehicle. FIG. 24E is a diagram illustrating an example of an artificial satellite.
25A and 25B are diagrams illustrating a power storage device according to one embodiment of the present invention.
FIG. 26A is a diagram showing an electric bicycle, FIG. 26B is a diagram showing a secondary battery of the electric bicycle, and FIG. 26C is a diagram explaining a scooter.
27A to 27D are diagrams illustrating an example of an electronic device.
FIG. 28A shows an example of a wearable device, FIG. 28B shows a perspective view of a wristwatch-type device, and FIG. 28C is a diagram illustrating a side view of the wristwatch-type device.
実施の形態について、図面を用いて詳細に説明する。但し、本発明は以下の説明に限定されず、本発明の趣旨及びその範囲から逸脱することなくその形態及び詳細を様々に変更し得ることは当業者であれば容易に理解される。従って、本発明は以下に示す実施の形態の記載内容に限定して解釈されるものではない。 Embodiments will be described in detail using the drawings. However, those skilled in the art will easily understand that the present invention is not limited to the following description, and that the form and details thereof can be changed in various ways without departing from the spirit and scope of the present invention. Therefore, the present invention should not be interpreted as being limited to the contents described in the embodiments shown below.
なお、以下に説明する発明の構成において、同一部分又は同様な機能を有する部分には同一の符号を異なる図面間で共通して用い、その繰り返しの説明は省略する。また、同様の機能を指す場合には、ハッチングパターンを同じくし、特に符号を付さない場合がある。 In the configuration of the invention described below, the same parts or parts having similar functions are designated by the same reference numerals in different drawings, and repeated explanation thereof will be omitted. Furthermore, when referring to similar functions, the hatching pattern may be the same and no particular reference numeral may be attached.
また、図面において示す各構成の、位置、大きさ、及び、範囲等は、理解の簡単のため、実際の位置、大きさ、及び、範囲等を表していない場合がある。このため、開示する発明は、必ずしも、図面に開示された位置、大きさ、及び、範囲等に限定されない。 Further, for ease of understanding, the position, size, range, etc. of each component shown in the drawings may not represent the actual position, size, range, etc. Therefore, the disclosed invention is not necessarily limited to the position, size, range, etc. disclosed in the drawings.
なお、本明細書等において、「第1」、「第2」という序数詞は、便宜上用いるものであり、構成要素の数、又は、構成要素の順序(例えば、工程順、又は積層順)を限定するものではない。また、本明細書のある箇所において構成要素に付す序数詞と、本明細書の他の箇所、又は特許請求の範囲において、当該構成要素に付す序数詞と、が一致しない場合がある。 In this specification, etc., ordinal numbers such as "first" and "second" are used for convenience, and do not limit the number of components or the order of the components (for example, the order of steps or the order of lamination). It's not something you do. Further, the ordinal number attached to a constituent element in a certain part of this specification may not match the ordinal number attached to the constituent element in another part of this specification or in the claims.
なお、「膜」という言葉と、「層」という言葉とは、場合によっては、又は、状況に応じて、互いに入れ替えることが可能である。例えば、「導電層」という用語を、「導電膜」という用語に変更することが可能である。又は、例えば、「絶縁膜」という用語を、「絶縁層」という用語に変更することが可能である。 Note that the words "film" and "layer" can be interchanged depending on the situation or circumstances. For example, the term "conductive layer" can be changed to the term "conductive film." Alternatively, for example, the term "insulating film" can be changed to the term "insulating layer."
本明細書等において、「上に」、「下に」、「上方に」、又は「下方に」等の配置を示す語句は、構成要素同士の位置関係を、図面を参照して説明するために、便宜上用いている場合がある。また、構成要素同士の位置関係は、各構成を描写する方向に応じて適宜変化するものである。従って、本明細書等で説明した語句に限定されず、状況に応じて適切に言い換えることができる。例えば、「導電体の上に位置する絶縁体」の表現では、示している図面の向きを180度回転することによって、「導電体の下に位置する絶縁体」と言い換えることができる。 In this specification, etc., words indicating arrangement such as "above," "below," "above," or "below" are used to explain the positional relationship between constituent elements with reference to the drawings. In some cases, it is used for convenience. Further, the positional relationship between the components changes as appropriate depending on the direction in which each component is depicted. Therefore, the words and phrases are not limited to those explained in this specification, etc., and can be appropriately rephrased depending on the situation. For example, the expression "an insulator located above a conductor" can be translated into "an insulator located below a conductor" by rotating the orientation of the drawing by 180 degrees.
なお、本明細書等において「上」及び「下」の用語は、構成要素の位置関係が「直上」または「直下」であることを限定するものではない。例えば、「ゲート絶縁膜上のゲート電極」の表現であれば、ゲート絶縁膜とゲート電極との間に他の構成要素を含むものを除外しない。 Note that in this specification and the like, the terms "above" and "below" do not limit the positional relationship of components to be "directly above" or "directly below." For example, the expression "a gate electrode on a gate insulating film" does not exclude the inclusion of other components between the gate insulating film and the gate electrode.
また、本明細書等において「電極」及び「配線」の用語は、これらの構成要素を機能的に限定するものではない。例えば、「電極」は「配線」の一部として用いられることがあり、その逆もまた同様である。さらに、「電極」及び「配線」の用語は、複数の「電極」及び「配線」が一体となって形成されている場合なども含む。 Further, in this specification and the like, the terms "electrode" and "wiring" do not functionally limit these components. For example, an "electrode" may be used as part of a "wiring" and vice versa. Furthermore, the terms "electrode" and "wiring" include cases where a plurality of "electrodes" and "wiring" are formed integrally.
また、「ソース」及び「ドレイン」の機能は、異なる極性のトランジスタを採用する場合、または回路動作において電流の方向が変化する場合などには入れ替わることがある。このため、本明細書においては、「ソース」及び「ドレイン」の用語は、入れ替えて用いることができるものとする。 Furthermore, the functions of "source" and "drain" may be interchanged when transistors with different polarities are employed, or when the direction of current changes during circuit operation. Therefore, in this specification, the terms "source" and "drain" can be used interchangeably.
なお、本明細書等において、「電気的に接続」には、「何らかの電気的作用を有するもの」を介して接続されている場合が含まれる。ここで、「何らかの電気的作用を有するもの」は、接続対象間での電気信号の授受を可能とするものであれば、特に制限を受けない。例えば、「何らかの電気的作用を有するもの」には、電極及び配線をはじめ、トランジスタなどのスイッチング素子、抵抗素子、インダクタ、キャパシタ、その他の各種機能を有する素子などが含まれる。 Note that in this specification and the like, "electrically connected" includes a case where the two are connected via "something that has some kind of electrical effect." Here, "something that has some kind of electrical effect" is not particularly limited as long as it enables transmission and reception of electrical signals between connected objects. For example, "something that has some kind of electrical action" includes electrodes, wiring, switching elements such as transistors, resistance elements, inductors, capacitors, and other elements with various functions.
(実施の形態1)
本実施の形態を以下に説明する。
(Embodiment 1)
This embodiment will be described below.
<蓄電モジュール100>
本実施の形態の蓄電モジュールについて、以下に説明する。
<Electricity storage module 100>
The power storage module of this embodiment will be described below.
図1A及び図1Bに本発明の一態様の蓄電モジュール100の構成例を示す。図1Aは、蓄電モジュール100に含まれる蓄電装置10、ヒータ21、温度センサ22、IC(Integrated Circuit)31、及びPTC(Positive Temperature Coefficient)素子32を示している。蓄電装置10は、正極端子11、および負極端子12を有する。 FIGS. 1A and 1B illustrate a configuration example of a power storage module 100 according to one embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 1A shows a power storage device 10, a heater 21, a temperature sensor 22, an IC (Integrated Circuit) 31, and a PTC (Positive Temperature Coefficient) element 32 included in a power storage module 100. Power storage device 10 has a positive terminal 11 and a negative terminal 12.
なお、蓄電装置10とは、1個の電池、または2個以上の電池のことをいう。2個以上の、つまり複数の電池を組み合わせたものを組電池と呼ぶこともできる。よって、蓄電装置10が1個の電池で構成される場合は、正極端子11および負極端子12は、その電池の正極端子(電位が高い方の端子)および負極端子(電位が低い方の端子)のことをいう。また、蓄電装置10が組電池である場合は、組電池のなかで最も高い電位の端子を正極端子11と呼び、最も低い電位の端子を負極端子12と呼ぶ。 Note that the power storage device 10 refers to one battery or two or more batteries. A combination of two or more batteries, that is, a plurality of batteries, can also be called an assembled battery. Therefore, when power storage device 10 is composed of one battery, positive terminal 11 and negative terminal 12 are the positive terminal (terminal with higher potential) and negative terminal (terminal with lower potential) of the battery. It refers to Further, when the power storage device 10 is a battery pack, the terminal with the highest potential in the battery pack is called the positive terminal 11, and the terminal with the lowest potential is called the negative terminal 12.
図1Aに示すように、ヒータ21及び温度センサ22は、蓄電装置10と隣接して設置されることが好ましい。ただし、ヒータ21及び温度センサ22は、蓄電装置10と、必ずしも直接接する必要はない。例えば、ヒータ21は、蓄電モジュール100の内部であって、蓄電装置10を加温できる位置に設置されていれば、蓄電装置10と、必ずしも直接接する必要はない。また例えば、温度センサ22は、蓄電装置10の温度を計測することが可能な位置に設置されていれば、蓄電装置10と、必ずしも直接接する必要はない。 As shown in FIG. 1A, heater 21 and temperature sensor 22 are preferably installed adjacent to power storage device 10. However, heater 21 and temperature sensor 22 do not necessarily need to be in direct contact with power storage device 10 . For example, heater 21 does not necessarily need to be in direct contact with power storage device 10 as long as it is installed inside power storage module 100 at a position where power storage device 10 can be heated. Further, for example, temperature sensor 22 does not necessarily need to be in direct contact with power storage device 10 as long as it is installed at a position where it can measure the temperature of power storage device 10 .
ヒータ21は、IC31と電気的に接続される。また、温度センサ22は、IC31と電気的に接続される。また、PTC素子32は、IC31と接続される。 Heater 21 is electrically connected to IC 31. Further, the temperature sensor 22 is electrically connected to the IC 31. Further, the PTC element 32 is connected to the IC 31.
なお、図1Aに示すように、IC31及びPTC素子32は、回路基板30に設けるとよい。また、回路基板30には、IC31及びPTC素子32以外にも、後述するFET(Field effect transistor)、抵抗素子、及び過熱遮断素子(TCO:Thermal Cut Off)素子など、のいずれか一または複数を設けることができる。 Note that, as shown in FIG. 1A, the IC 31 and the PTC element 32 are preferably provided on the circuit board 30. In addition to the IC 31 and the PTC element 32, the circuit board 30 also includes one or more of a field effect transistor (FET), a resistance element, a thermal cut off (TCO) element, etc., which will be described later. can be provided.
図1Bは、蓄電モジュール100に含まれる蓄電装置10、ヒータ21、温度センサ22、IC31、及びPTC素子32の電気的な接続関係を示す回路図である。また、図1Aでは示していないが、図1Bでは蓄電モジュール100が有する外部端子51及び外部端子52を示している。 FIG. 1B is a circuit diagram showing the electrical connection relationship among power storage device 10, heater 21, temperature sensor 22, IC 31, and PTC element 32 included in power storage module 100. Although not shown in FIG. 1A, FIG. 1B shows external terminals 51 and 52 that the power storage module 100 has.
外部端子51は、蓄電装置10の正極端子11と電気的に接続され、外部端子52は、蓄電装置10の負極端子12と電気的に接続される。また、蓄電モジュール100は、外部端子51及び外部端子52において、当該蓄電モジュール100を備える電子機器または車両など、が有する電力消費部と電気的に接続される。なお、電力消費部とは例えば、電子機器においてはCPU、メモリ、ディスプレイ、インバータなどのことを指し、車両においては、モータ、ライト、パワーステアリング、インバータなどのことを指す。 External terminal 51 is electrically connected to positive terminal 11 of power storage device 10 , and external terminal 52 is electrically connected to negative terminal 12 of power storage device 10 . Furthermore, the power storage module 100 is electrically connected to a power consumption unit included in an electronic device, a vehicle, or the like including the power storage module 100 at the external terminals 51 and 52 . Note that the power consumption unit refers to, for example, a CPU, a memory, a display, an inverter, etc. in an electronic device, and a motor, a light, a power steering, an inverter, etc. in a vehicle.
図1Bに示す蓄電モジュール100において、正極端子11は、外部端子51と電気的に接続され、負極端子12は、外部端子52と電気的に接続される。また、正極端子11は、PTC素子32の一方の端子と電気的に接続される。PTC素子32の他方の端子は、IC31の電源電位端子(VCC端子)と電気的に接続され、IC31の接地電位端子(GND端子)は負極端子12と電気的に接続される。 In the power storage module 100 shown in FIG. 1B, the positive electrode terminal 11 is electrically connected to the external terminal 51, and the negative electrode terminal 12 is electrically connected to the external terminal 52. Further, the positive electrode terminal 11 is electrically connected to one terminal of the PTC element 32. The other terminal of the PTC element 32 is electrically connected to the power supply potential terminal (VCC terminal) of the IC 31 , and the ground potential terminal (GND terminal) of the IC 31 is electrically connected to the negative terminal 12 .
また、ヒータ21の一方の端子は、IC31と電気的に接続され、ヒータ21の他方の端子は負極端子12と電気的に接続される。また、温度センサ22の一方の端子は、IC31と電気的に接続され、温度センサ22の他方の端子は負極端子12と電気的に接続される。 Further, one terminal of the heater 21 is electrically connected to the IC 31, and the other terminal of the heater 21 is electrically connected to the negative electrode terminal 12. Further, one terminal of the temperature sensor 22 is electrically connected to the IC 31, and the other terminal of the temperature sensor 22 is electrically connected to the negative electrode terminal 12.
ヒータ21として、例えば、PTCサーミスタを用いることができる。また、ヒータ21としてPTCサーミスタではなく、温度によらず抵抗がほぼ一定の抵抗素子を用いてもよい。 As the heater 21, for example, a PTC thermistor can be used. Furthermore, instead of a PTC thermistor, a resistance element whose resistance is substantially constant regardless of temperature may be used as the heater 21.
図1Aに示すように、板状のヒータ21を用いて蓄電装置10の外側を直接的に加温する構成にすることができる。また、ヒータ21から発せられた熱を、熱媒体を介して蓄電装置10に伝熱させ、蓄電装置10を間接的に加温する構成としてもよい。熱媒体として、金属などの伝熱性の高い固体部材を用いてもよい。また、熱媒体として、液体の媒体を用いてもよいし、気体の媒体を用いてもよい。 As shown in FIG. 1A, a configuration can be adopted in which the outside of power storage device 10 is directly heated using plate-shaped heater 21. Alternatively, a configuration may be adopted in which heat emitted from heater 21 is transferred to power storage device 10 via a heat medium to indirectly heat power storage device 10. A solid member with high heat conductivity such as metal may be used as the heat medium. Moreover, a liquid medium or a gas medium may be used as the heat medium.
温度センサ22として、例えば、NTCサーミスタ(NTC:Negative Temperature Coefficient)を用いる。つまり、温度センサ22として、NTC素子を用いることができる。NTCサーミスタは、温度の上昇に対して抵抗が減少するサーミスタである。ただし、温度センサ22としてNTCサーミスタに限定されず、PTCサーミスタ、熱電対など、他の種類の温度センサを用いてもよい。 As the temperature sensor 22, for example, an NTC thermistor (NTC: Negative Temperature Coefficient) is used. That is, an NTC element can be used as the temperature sensor 22. An NTC thermistor is a thermistor whose resistance decreases with increasing temperature. However, the temperature sensor 22 is not limited to the NTC thermistor, and other types of temperature sensors such as a PTC thermistor and a thermocouple may be used.
[PTC素子]
図2A乃至図2Cを用いて、PTC素子32として用いることのできるPTC素子の例について説明する。
[PTC element]
An example of a PTC element that can be used as the PTC element 32 will be described using FIGS. 2A to 2C.
図2Aは、PTC素子32の構造の一例を、模式的に示す斜視図である。PTC素子32は、電極板211と、電極板212と、可変抵抗層213と、端子214と、端子215と、を有する。可変抵抗層213は、電極板211と電極板212に挟まれ、可変抵抗層213の一方の面は電極板211と接し、可変抵抗層213の他方の面は電極板212と接する。電極板211は端子214と接続され、電極板212は端子215と接続される。 FIG. 2A is a perspective view schematically showing an example of the structure of the PTC element 32. The PTC element 32 includes an electrode plate 211, an electrode plate 212, a variable resistance layer 213, a terminal 214, and a terminal 215. The variable resistance layer 213 is sandwiched between the electrode plate 211 and the electrode plate 212, one surface of the variable resistance layer 213 is in contact with the electrode plate 211, and the other surface of the variable resistance layer 213 is in contact with the electrode plate 212. Electrode plate 211 is connected to terminal 214, and electrode plate 212 is connected to terminal 215.
可変抵抗層213の温度特性は、所定の温度(キュリー温度(キュリー点ともいう)Tc)以上で電気抵抗が急増する正の温度係数を有する。このような温度特性を有する可変抵抗層213としては、熱可塑性の樹脂と、導電性の微粒子と、を有するポリマー成型体を用いることができる。または、微量の希土類元素を添加したチタン酸バリウム(TiBaO)を有するセラミック成型体を用いることができる。 The temperature characteristics of the variable resistance layer 213 have a positive temperature coefficient such that the electrical resistance increases rapidly above a predetermined temperature (Curie temperature (also referred to as Curie point) Tc). As the variable resistance layer 213 having such temperature characteristics, a polymer molded body containing a thermoplastic resin and conductive fine particles can be used. Alternatively, a ceramic molded body containing barium titanate (TiBaO 3 ) to which a trace amount of a rare earth element is added can be used.
図2Aで説明したPTC素子32は、図2B及び図2Cに示す特性を有する。図2Bは、PTC素子32の、温度と抵抗と、の関係を示すグラフである。可変抵抗層213の温度特性に従って、PTC素子32は、所定の温度以上で電気抵抗が急増する正の温度係数を有する。よって、PTC素子32の両端に一定の電圧が印加されている場合において、所定の温度以上にPTC素子32の温度が上昇していくと、PTC素子32の抵抗が急増し、電流が急減する。更に温度が上昇すると、実質的に電流が流れなくなるほど、PTC素子32の電気抵抗が増大する。つまり、PTC素子32は、過熱時に電流を遮断する機能(過熱保護機能ともいう)を有する過熱保護素子である。 The PTC element 32 described in FIG. 2A has the characteristics shown in FIGS. 2B and 2C. FIG. 2B is a graph showing the relationship between temperature and resistance of the PTC element 32. According to the temperature characteristics of the variable resistance layer 213, the PTC element 32 has a positive temperature coefficient such that the electrical resistance rapidly increases above a predetermined temperature. Therefore, when a constant voltage is applied across the PTC element 32, when the temperature of the PTC element 32 rises above a predetermined temperature, the resistance of the PTC element 32 increases rapidly, and the current decreases rapidly. When the temperature further increases, the electrical resistance of the PTC element 32 increases to the extent that no current substantially flows. That is, the PTC element 32 is an overheat protection element that has a function (also referred to as an overheat protection function) of cutting off current when overheating occurs.
また、PTC素子32は、PTC素子32を流れる電流が所定の電流値以上の場合(過電流が流れる場合ともいう)に、PTC素子32の温度が上昇し、PTC素子のTcを上回るようになると、上記の過熱保護機能と同様に、PTC素子32を流れる電流が急減する。つまり、PTC素子32は、PTC素子32に過電流が流れる場合に、当該電流を遮断する機能(過電流保護機能ともいう)を有する過電流保護素子である。図2Cは、PTC素子32に過電流が流れる場合の、時間と電流と、の関係を示すグラフである。図2Cに示すような挙動を示す電流値を、トリップ電流値と呼ぶことがある。つまり、上記の過電流とは、トリップ電流値よりも大きな電流のことをいう。 Furthermore, when the current flowing through the PTC element 32 is equal to or higher than a predetermined current value (also referred to as a case where an overcurrent flows), the temperature of the PTC element 32 increases and exceeds Tc of the PTC element. , the current flowing through the PTC element 32 suddenly decreases, similar to the overheating protection function described above. That is, the PTC element 32 is an overcurrent protection element that has a function (also referred to as an overcurrent protection function) of blocking the current when an overcurrent flows through the PTC element 32. FIG. 2C is a graph showing the relationship between time and current when an overcurrent flows through the PTC element 32. A current value exhibiting the behavior shown in FIG. 2C is sometimes called a trip current value. That is, the above-mentioned overcurrent refers to a current larger than the trip current value.
以上より、PTC素子32は、過熱保護機能と、過電流保護機能と、を有する素子であると言える。別言すると、PTC素子32は、過熱保護素子であり、且つ過電流保護素子である、と言える。 From the above, it can be said that the PTC element 32 is an element having an overheat protection function and an overcurrent protection function. In other words, the PTC element 32 can be said to be an overheat protection element and an overcurrent protection element.
[IC31の再起動機能について]
図1Bに示すとおり、蓄電モジュール100において、正極端子11は、PTC素子32の一方の端子と電気的に接続され、PTC素子32の他方の端子は、IC31のVCC端子と電気的に接続されている。つまり、IC31はPTC素子32を介して、正極端子11と、電気的に接続されている。なお、IC31は、上記に示したVCC端子、及びGND端子以外の端子を有することができる。例えば、IC31は、VCC端子、及びGND端子以外の端子として、電圧測定用の端子、電流測定用の端子、FETのゲートを制御する端子、及び通信のための端子、のうちのいずれか一又は複数を有することができる。
[About IC31 restart function]
As shown in FIG. 1B, in the power storage module 100, the positive terminal 11 is electrically connected to one terminal of the PTC element 32, and the other terminal of the PTC element 32 is electrically connected to the VCC terminal of the IC 31. There is. That is, the IC 31 is electrically connected to the positive terminal 11 via the PTC element 32. Note that the IC 31 can have terminals other than the VCC terminal and GND terminal shown above. For example, the IC 31 may have any one or more of a terminal for voltage measurement, a terminal for current measurement, a terminal for controlling the gate of an FET, and a terminal for communication as a terminal other than the VCC terminal and the GND terminal. You can have more than one.
本明細書において端子とは、蓄電装置、IC、PTC素子などを電気的に接続する部分のことを指し、端子の形状は特に限定されない。ボルト形状、ワイヤー形状、平板形状、リング形状、ソケット形状、ピン形状、BGA(Ball Grid Array)に用いられるハンダ製の半球形状、LGA(Land Grid Array)に用いられる平板形状、PCB基板のスルーホール及びランド(パッドともいう)など、様々な形状の端子を用いることができる。なお、蓄電装置においては、電池の外装体の一部が正極端子、または負極端子として機能する場合があり、このような場合は、電池の外装体の一部を正極端子、または負極端子、として用いることが可能である。 In this specification, a terminal refers to a part that electrically connects a power storage device, an IC, a PTC element, etc., and the shape of the terminal is not particularly limited. Bolt shape, wire shape, flat plate shape, ring shape, socket shape, pin shape, hemispherical shape made of solder used in BGA (Ball Grid Array), flat plate shape used in LGA (Land Grid Array), through hole in PCB board Terminals of various shapes can be used, such as terminals and lands (also referred to as pads). In addition, in a power storage device, a part of the battery's exterior may function as a positive terminal or a negative terminal, and in such cases, a part of the battery's exterior may function as a positive or negative terminal. It is possible to use
IC31は、蓄電装置10の保護機能、制御機能を有することが好ましい。保護機能として例えば、蓄電装置10が有する電池の過充電保護、過放電保護、過充電電流保護、過放電電流保護、及び過昇温保護、のうちの、一または複数の保護機能を有することができる。また、制御機能として、充電制御、放電制御、セルバランス制御、のうちの、一または複数の制御機能を有することができる。つまり、IC31は電池制御ICであるとよい。また、IC31は電池保護ICであるとよい。なお、IC31がセルバランス制御を主とする機能を有する場合は、IC31をセルバランス制御ICと呼ぶこともできる。 It is preferable that IC 31 has a protection function and a control function for power storage device 10. For example, the protection function may include one or more of battery overcharge protection, overdischarge protection, overcharge current protection, overdischarge current protection, and overtemperature protection, which the power storage device 10 has. can. Furthermore, the control function may include one or more of charging control, discharging control, and cell balance control. In other words, the IC 31 is preferably a battery control IC. Further, the IC 31 is preferably a battery protection IC. Note that when the IC 31 has a function mainly for cell balance control, the IC 31 can also be called a cell balance control IC.
IC31が、マイクロコントローラとしての機能を有することが好ましい。IC31が、マイクロコントローラとしての機能を有する場合、IC31はCPU、メモリ、クロック発生回路、入力部、及び出力部を有する。入力部、及び出力部を合わせてI/O部と呼ぶことがある。また、IC31は、当該メモリに格納されたプログラムに従って動作することが可能である。例えばIC31は、蓄電装置10の温度が所定の温度以下であることを、温度センサ22を通じて検知した場合に、検知した温度情報をもとに、ヒータ21を動作させることができる。また、IC31は、蓄電装置10の温度が所定の温度以上であることを、温度センサ22を通じて検知した場合に、検知した温度情報をもとに、ヒータ21を停止させることができる。 It is preferable that the IC 31 has a function as a microcontroller. When the IC 31 has a function as a microcontroller, the IC 31 has a CPU, a memory, a clock generation circuit, an input section, and an output section. The input section and the output section may be collectively referred to as an I/O section. Further, the IC 31 can operate according to a program stored in the memory. For example, when IC 31 detects through temperature sensor 22 that the temperature of power storage device 10 is below a predetermined temperature, IC 31 can operate heater 21 based on the detected temperature information. Furthermore, when IC 31 detects through temperature sensor 22 that the temperature of power storage device 10 is equal to or higher than a predetermined temperature, IC 31 can stop heater 21 based on the detected temperature information.
上記の例で示すIC31によるヒータ21及び温度センサ22の制御は、IC31が正常動作している場合に可能であるが、IC31が正常ではない状態においては、ヒータ21及び温度センサ22を制御できなくなる可能性がある。ヒータ21及び温度センサ22を制御できない場合は、蓄電装置10の温度が危険な温度にまで達する恐れがある。 The IC 31 shown in the above example can control the heater 21 and the temperature sensor 22 when the IC 31 is operating normally, but when the IC 31 is not operating normally, the heater 21 and the temperature sensor 22 cannot be controlled. there is a possibility. If heater 21 and temperature sensor 22 cannot be controlled, the temperature of power storage device 10 may reach a dangerous temperature.
上記した、IC31が正常ではない状態として、例えばラッチアップの発生が挙げられる。ラッチアップとは、ICが有する寄生トランジスタ(寄生サイリスタ)が、オン状態のまま制御不能となり、当該ICに電流が流れ続けてしまう状態のことをいう。なお、ラッチアップを解消しICを正常化するためには、当該ICへの電流を一度遮断した後に、再度通電する必要がある。 An example of the above-mentioned state in which the IC 31 is not normal is the occurrence of latch-up. Latch-up refers to a state in which a parasitic transistor (parasitic thyristor) included in an IC becomes uncontrollable while remaining in an on state, and current continues to flow through the IC. Note that in order to eliminate latch-up and normalize the IC, it is necessary to cut off the current to the IC and then turn it on again.
蓄電モジュール100が有するIC31は、PTC素子32を介して、正極端子11と、電気的に接続されている。つまり、PTC素子32を介して、IC31に電流が流れている。このような構成を有する蓄電モジュール100においては、蓄電モジュールが有するIC31にラッチアップが発生した場合に、PTC素子32がIC31に流れる電流を遮断することが可能である。つまり、ラッチアップが発生したIC31を、正常化することが可能である。この詳細について、図3を用いて説明する。 IC 31 included in power storage module 100 is electrically connected to positive electrode terminal 11 via PTC element 32 . In other words, current is flowing through the IC 31 via the PTC element 32. In the power storage module 100 having such a configuration, when latch-up occurs in the IC 31 included in the power storage module, the PTC element 32 can interrupt the current flowing to the IC 31. In other words, it is possible to normalize the IC 31 in which latch-up has occurred. The details will be explained using FIG. 3.
図3では、蓄電装置10が電力を貯蔵している(完全放電の状態ではない)状態で、IC31と電気的に接続する場合を想定する。 In FIG. 3, a case is assumed in which power storage device 10 is electrically connected to IC 31 while storing power (not in a completely discharged state).
ステップS1において、IC31と、PTC素子32と、蓄電装置10と、が電気的に接続される。ここで、IC31は、PTC素子32を介して、蓄電装置10からの電力供給を受ける。その結果、IC31は起動し、ステップS2に示すように正常動作の状態となる。 In step S1, IC 31, PTC element 32, and power storage device 10 are electrically connected. Here, IC 31 receives power supply from power storage device 10 via PTC element 32 . As a result, the IC 31 is activated and enters a normal operating state as shown in step S2.
以下では、IC31にラッチアップが発生した場合について、ステップS3乃至ステップS9を用いて説明する。 Below, a case where latch-up occurs in the IC 31 will be explained using steps S3 to S9.
ステップS3及びステップS4に示すように、IC31にラッチアップが発生した場合(ステップS3の選択がYESの場合)、IC31及びPTC素子32に異常電流が流れる(ステップS4)。ここで、異常電流とは、IC31が正常動作している場合の上限電流よりも大きな電流のことをいう。つまり、IC31が正常動作している場合には流れない、異常に大きな電流である。 As shown in steps S3 and S4, when latch-up occurs in the IC 31 (if the selection in step S3 is YES), an abnormal current flows through the IC 31 and the PTC element 32 (step S4). Here, the abnormal current refers to a current larger than the upper limit current when the IC 31 is operating normally. In other words, this is an abnormally large current that does not flow when the IC 31 is operating normally.
ここで、PTC素子32のトリップ電流の値を、IC31が正常動作している場合の上限電流の値よりも大きく、IC31にラッチアップが発生している場合の異常電流の値よりも小さくなるようにしている場合は、図2Cに示す時間−電流特性のようにPTC素子32の電流が急減する。つまり、トリップ電流値より大きな電流がPTC素子32を流れることで、PTC素子32の温度が上昇し、抵抗が増大する(ステップS5)。この結果、IC31に流れる電流が急減し、IC31の動作が停止する(ステップS6)。 Here, the value of the trip current of the PTC element 32 is set to be larger than the upper limit current value when the IC 31 is operating normally, and smaller than the abnormal current value when the IC 31 has latch-up. In this case, the current of the PTC element 32 suddenly decreases as shown in the time-current characteristics shown in FIG. 2C. That is, as a current larger than the trip current value flows through the PTC element 32, the temperature of the PTC element 32 rises and the resistance increases (step S5). As a result, the current flowing through the IC 31 suddenly decreases, and the operation of the IC 31 is stopped (step S6).
その後、PTC素子32の温度が低下すると(ステップS7の選択がYESの場合)、PTC素子32の抵抗は低くなる(ステップS8)。PTC素子32の抵抗が低下し、IC31に再び電流が流れるようになると、IC31が再起動される(ステップS9)。このようにしてIC31は、ステップS2の正常動作の状態に戻ることができる。 After that, when the temperature of the PTC element 32 decreases (if the selection in step S7 is YES), the resistance of the PTC element 32 decreases (step S8). When the resistance of the PTC element 32 decreases and current starts flowing through the IC 31 again, the IC 31 is restarted (step S9). In this way, the IC 31 can return to the normal operating state of step S2.
上記に示したように、本発明の一態様の蓄電モジュール100は、蓄電モジュールが有するIC31にラッチアップが発生した場合に、PTC素子32がIC31に流れる電流を遮断することが可能であり、その後、PTC素子32の温度が低下することで、IC31への通電を再開し、IC31を正常な状態に戻すことが可能である。 As described above, in the power storage module 100 of one embodiment of the present invention, when latch-up occurs in the IC 31 included in the power storage module, the PTC element 32 can interrupt the current flowing to the IC 31, and then As the temperature of the PTC element 32 decreases, it is possible to restart the power supply to the IC 31 and return the IC 31 to a normal state.
つまり、蓄電モジュール100が有するIC31にラッチアップが発生した場合に、受動的にIC31の再起動(リセット)をおこなうことが可能である。 That is, when latch-up occurs in the IC 31 included in the power storage module 100, it is possible to passively restart (reset) the IC 31.
一例として、ICのラッチアップは、高エネルギー粒子の放射線によって引き起こされる場合がある。一般的な環境下においては、高エネルギー粒子の放射線に起因するラッチアップの可能性は低いが、宇宙空間(地球の大気圏外)及び、原子力発電所などでは、高エネルギー粒子の放射線によって引き起こされるラッチアップが無視できない場合が想定される。よって、本発明の一態様の蓄電モジュール100は、宇宙空間(地球の大気圏外)及び原子力発電所など、の高エネルギー粒子の放射線が多く存在し得る環境で使用される電子機器、及び車両に好適である、と言える。なお、放射線としては、電磁放射線(例えば、X線、及びガンマ線)、及び粒子放射線(例えば、アルファ線、ベータ線、中性子線、陽子線、及び中性子線)が挙げられる。 As an example, IC latch-up may be caused by high-energy particle radiation. Under normal circumstances, the possibility of latch-up caused by radiation from high-energy particles is low, but in outer space (outside the Earth's atmosphere), nuclear power plants, etc., latch-up caused by radiation from high-energy particles can occur. It is assumed that there are cases in which the increase cannot be ignored. Therefore, the power storage module 100 of one embodiment of the present invention is suitable for electronic devices and vehicles used in environments where there may be a lot of high-energy particle radiation, such as outer space (outside the Earth's atmosphere) and nuclear power plants. It can be said that it is. Note that radiation includes electromagnetic radiation (for example, X-rays and gamma rays) and particle radiation (for example, alpha rays, beta rays, neutron rays, proton rays, and neutron rays).
<蓄電モジュール100の変形例>
図4A乃至図15を用いて、蓄電モジュール100の変形例について説明する。以下の説明では、図1Bで示した内容と重複する部分についてはこれを参照することとし、説明を省略する場合がある。
<Modified example of power storage module 100>
Modifications of the power storage module 100 will be described using FIGS. 4A to 15. In the following description, parts that overlap with those shown in FIG. 1B will be referred to, and the description may be omitted.
図4Aは、図1Bに示す蓄電モジュール100の変形例を示す回路図である。図1Bでは、IC31とヒータ21とが電気的に接続され、IC31がヒータ21の動作と停止を直接制御する構成を示したが、図4Aに示すように、FET33を介して制御する構成であってもよい。 FIG. 4A is a circuit diagram showing a modification of power storage module 100 shown in FIG. 1B. Although FIG. 1B shows a configuration in which the IC 31 and the heater 21 are electrically connected and the IC 31 directly controls the operation and stop of the heater 21, as shown in FIG. It's okay.
図4Aに示す蓄電モジュール100Aにおいて、正極端子11は、外部端子51と電気的に接続され、負極端子12は、外部端子52と電気的に接続される。また、正極端子11は、PTC素子32の一方の端子と電気的に接続される。PTC素子32の他方の端子は、IC31のVCC端子と電気的に接続され、IC31のGND端子は負極端子12と電気的に接続される。 In the power storage module 100A shown in FIG. 4A, the positive terminal 11 is electrically connected to the external terminal 51, and the negative terminal 12 is electrically connected to the external terminal 52. Further, the positive electrode terminal 11 is electrically connected to one terminal of the PTC element 32. The other terminal of the PTC element 32 is electrically connected to the VCC terminal of the IC 31, and the GND terminal of the IC 31 is electrically connected to the negative terminal 12.
なお、蓄電モジュール100、蓄電モジュール100A及び、後述する蓄電モジュール100B、100C等に共通する事項を説明する場合、蓄電モジュール100と呼称して説明する場合がある。 Note that when describing matters common to power storage module 100, power storage module 100A, power storage modules 100B, 100C, etc. described later, they may be referred to as power storage module 100.
また、ヒータ21の一方の端子は、FET33のソース及びドレインの一方と電気的に接続され、FET33のソース及びドレインの他方は正極端子11と電気的に接続され、FET33のゲートはIC31と電気的に接続され、ヒータ21の他方の端子は負極端子12と電気的に接続される。また、温度センサ22の一方の端子は、IC31と電気的に接続され、温度センサ22の他方の端子は負極端子12と電気的に接続される。 Further, one terminal of the heater 21 is electrically connected to one of the source and drain of the FET 33, the other of the source and drain of the FET 33 is electrically connected to the positive terminal 11, and the gate of the FET 33 is electrically connected to the IC 31. The other terminal of the heater 21 is electrically connected to the negative terminal 12 . Further, one terminal of the temperature sensor 22 is electrically connected to the IC 31, and the other terminal of the temperature sensor 22 is electrically connected to the negative electrode terminal 12.
図4Bは、図1Bに示す蓄電モジュール100Bの変形例を示す回路図であり、電流検出用の抵抗素子34を有する。 FIG. 4B is a circuit diagram showing a modification of power storage module 100B shown in FIG. 1B, which includes a resistance element 34 for current detection.
図4Bに示す蓄電モジュール100Bにおいて、正極端子11は、抵抗素子34の一方の端子と電気的に接続され、抵抗素子34の他方の端子は、外部端子51と電気的に接続され、負極端子12は、外部端子52と電気的に接続される。また、抵抗素子34の他方の端子は、PTC素子32の一方の端子と電気的に接続される。PTC素子32の他方の端子は、IC31のVCC端子と電気的に接続され、IC31のGND端子は負極端子12と電気的に接続される。また、抵抗素子34の一方の端子および他方の端子のそれぞれは、IC31と電気的に接続される。このような構成を有する場合、IC31において、抵抗素子34の一方の端子の電圧、及び抵抗素子34の他方の端子の電圧をもとに、抵抗素子34を流れる電流の値を計算することが可能である。 In the power storage module 100B shown in FIG. 4B, the positive terminal 11 is electrically connected to one terminal of the resistive element 34, the other terminal of the resistive element 34 is electrically connected to the external terminal 51, and the negative terminal 12 is electrically connected to the external terminal 51. is electrically connected to the external terminal 52. Further, the other terminal of the resistance element 34 is electrically connected to one terminal of the PTC element 32. The other terminal of the PTC element 32 is electrically connected to the VCC terminal of the IC 31, and the GND terminal of the IC 31 is electrically connected to the negative terminal 12. Moreover, each of one terminal and the other terminal of the resistance element 34 is electrically connected to the IC 31. With such a configuration, in the IC 31, it is possible to calculate the value of the current flowing through the resistance element 34 based on the voltage at one terminal of the resistance element 34 and the voltage at the other terminal of the resistance element 34. It is.
図5Aは、図1Bに示す蓄電モジュール100の変形例を示す回路図である。 FIG. 5A is a circuit diagram showing a modification of power storage module 100 shown in FIG. 1B.
図5Aに示す蓄電モジュール100Cは、TCO(Thermal Cut Off)素子35を有する。TCO素子35は、所定の温度よりも高い場合に、電流を遮断する機能を有する。蓄電モジュール100Cにおいて、TCO素子35の一方の端子は、蓄電装置10の正極端子11と電気的に接続され、TCO素子35の他方の端子は、外部端子51及びPTC素子32の一方の端子と電気的に接続される。つまり、図1Bに示す蓄電モジュール100と比較すると、TCO素子35は、正極端子11と外部端子51と、の間に位置し、かつ正極端子11とPTC素子32と、の間に位置する。TCO素子35は、蓄電装置10に隣接して設けられることが好ましい。TCO素子35が、蓄電装置10に隣接して設けられることで、蓄電装置10が過熱した場合に、蓄電装置10への充電電流を遮断すること、蓄電装置10からの放電電流を遮断することが可能となる。 The power storage module 100C shown in FIG. 5A includes a TCO (Thermal Cut Off) element 35. The TCO element 35 has a function of cutting off current when the temperature is higher than a predetermined temperature. In power storage module 100C, one terminal of TCO element 35 is electrically connected to positive terminal 11 of power storage device 10, and the other terminal of TCO element 35 is electrically connected to external terminal 51 and one terminal of PTC element 32. connected. That is, compared to the power storage module 100 shown in FIG. 1B, the TCO element 35 is located between the positive terminal 11 and the external terminal 51, and between the positive terminal 11 and the PTC element 32. It is preferable that TCO element 35 be provided adjacent to power storage device 10 . By providing the TCO element 35 adjacent to the power storage device 10, it is possible to cut off the charging current to the power storage device 10 and the discharge current from the power storage device 10 when the power storage device 10 overheats. It becomes possible.
図5Bは、図4Aに示す蓄電モジュール100Aの変形例を示す回路図である。 FIG. 5B is a circuit diagram showing a modification of the power storage module 100A shown in FIG. 4A.
図5Bに示す蓄電モジュール100Dは、TCO素子35を有する。蓄電モジュール100Dにおいて、TCO素子35の一方の端子は、正極端子11、PTC素子32の一方の端子、及び外部端子51と、電気的に接続される。また、TCO素子35の他方の端子はFET33のソース及びドレインの一方と電気的に接続される。つまり、図4Aに示す蓄電モジュール100Aと比較すると、TCO素子35は、正極端子11とFET33と、の間に位置する。このような構成にすることで、ヒータ21に流れる過電流を抑制することができる。 Power storage module 100D shown in FIG. 5B includes TCO element 35. In power storage module 100D, one terminal of TCO element 35 is electrically connected to positive electrode terminal 11, one terminal of PTC element 32, and external terminal 51. Further, the other terminal of the TCO element 35 is electrically connected to one of the source and drain of the FET 33. That is, compared to the power storage module 100A shown in FIG. 4A, the TCO element 35 is located between the positive electrode terminal 11 and the FET 33. With such a configuration, overcurrent flowing through the heater 21 can be suppressed.
[TCO素子]
TCO素子35の構造及び動作について、図6A乃至図6Dを用いて説明する。図6AはTCO素子35の上面図である。TCO素子35は、外装体64と、外装体64の内部から外部へ延伸する端子61及び端子62と、を有する。
[TCO element]
The structure and operation of the TCO element 35 will be explained using FIGS. 6A to 6D. FIG. 6A is a top view of the TCO element 35. The TCO element 35 includes an exterior body 64 and terminals 61 and 62 extending from the inside of the exterior body 64 to the outside.
図6B及び図6Cは、図6Aの破線A−BにおけるTCO素子35の断面図である。図6Bは、TCO素子35が有する端子61と端子62が接している状態を示しており、この状態を状態Xと呼ぶ。また、図6Bは、TCO素子35が有する端子61と端子62が接していない(離間している)状態を示しており、この状態を状態Yと呼ぶ。TCO素子35は、TCO素子35の温度に応じて、上記の状態Xまたは状態Yのいずれかの状態となる。図6Dは、TCO素子35の温度と、TCO素子35を流れる電流と、を示すグラフである。 6B and 6C are cross-sectional views of the TCO element 35 taken along the dashed line AB in FIG. 6A. FIG. 6B shows a state in which the terminals 61 and 62 of the TCO element 35 are in contact, and this state is referred to as state X. Further, FIG. 6B shows a state in which the terminals 61 and 62 of the TCO element 35 are not in contact with each other (separated from each other), and this state is referred to as state Y. The TCO element 35 is in either state X or state Y described above depending on the temperature of the TCO element 35. FIG. 6D is a graph showing the temperature of the TCO element 35 and the current flowing through the TCO element 35.
図6B及び図6Cに示すように、TCO素子35は、端子61、端子62、バイメタル63、及び外装体64を有する。バイメタル63は、熱膨張率が異なる2枚の金属板を有し、TCO素子35のトリップ温度Ttrip以下の温度の場合は、図6Bに示す状態Xの形状となり、TCO素子35のトリップ温度Ttripより高い温度の場合は、図6Cに示す状態Yの形状となる。図6Dは、TCO素子35に定電流を流しながら、TCO素子35の温度を徐々に高くする場合を示している。TCO素子35の温度が、トリップ温度Ttrip以下の場合(状態X)は、図6Bに示す形状であるため、TCO素子35に電流を流すことができる。一方、TCO素子35の温度が、トリップ温度Ttripより高い場合(状態Y)は、図6Cに示す形状であるため、TCO素子35に電流を流すことができない。このように、TCO素子35は、所定の温度よりも高い温度になると電流を遮断する機能を有するため、過熱保護機能を有するといえる。 As shown in FIGS. 6B and 6C, the TCO element 35 includes a terminal 61, a terminal 62, a bimetal 63, and an exterior body 64. The bimetal 63 has two metal plates with different coefficients of thermal expansion, and when the temperature is lower than the trip temperature Ttrip of the TCO element 35, it assumes the shape of state X shown in FIG. In the case of high temperature, the shape becomes state Y shown in FIG. 6C. FIG. 6D shows a case where the temperature of the TCO element 35 is gradually increased while a constant current is passed through the TCO element 35. When the temperature of the TCO element 35 is equal to or lower than the trip temperature Ttrip (state X), current can flow through the TCO element 35 because it has the shape shown in FIG. 6B. On the other hand, when the temperature of the TCO element 35 is higher than the trip temperature Ttrip (state Y), current cannot flow through the TCO element 35 because it has the shape shown in FIG. 6C. In this way, the TCO element 35 has the function of cutting off the current when the temperature is higher than a predetermined temperature, and therefore can be said to have an overheat protection function.
図7A乃至図7Eは、図6A乃至図6Dで説明したTCO素子35の変形例を説明する図である。 7A to 7E are diagrams illustrating modified examples of the TCO element 35 described in FIGS. 6A to 6D.
図7Aは、TCO素子35Aの上面図である。TCO素子35Aは、外装体64と、外装体64の内部から外部へ延伸する端子61及び端子62と、を有する。 FIG. 7A is a top view of the TCO element 35A. The TCO element 35A includes an exterior body 64, and terminals 61 and 62 extending from the inside of the exterior body 64 to the outside.
図7B及び図7Cは、図7Aの破線A−BにおけるTCO素子35Aの断面図である。図7Bは、TCO素子35Aが有する端子61と端子62が接している状態を示しており、この状態を状態Cと呼ぶ。また、図7Cは、TCO素子35Aが有する端子61と端子62が接していない(離間している)状態を示しており、この状態を状態Dと呼ぶ。TCO素子35Aは、TCO素子35Aの温度に応じて、上記の状態Cまたは状態Dのいずれかの状態となる。図7Dは、TCO素子35Aが状態Cであるときの回路図であり、図7Eは、TCO素子35Aが状態Dであるときの回路図である。 7B and 7C are cross-sectional views of the TCO element 35A taken along the dashed line AB in FIG. 7A. FIG. 7B shows a state in which the terminals 61 and 62 of the TCO element 35A are in contact, and this state is referred to as state C. Further, FIG. 7C shows a state in which the terminals 61 and 62 of the TCO element 35A are not in contact with each other (separated from each other), and this state is referred to as state D. The TCO element 35A is in either state C or state D described above depending on the temperature of the TCO element 35A. 7D is a circuit diagram when the TCO element 35A is in state C, and FIG. 7E is a circuit diagram when the TCO element 35A is in state D.
図7B及び図7Cに示すように、TCO素子35Aは、TCO素子35が有する端子61、端子62、バイメタル63、及び外装体64に加えて、PTC部65を有する。図6B乃至図6Dでの説明と同様に、TCO素子35Aは、トリップ温度Ttrip以下の温度の場合に図7Bに示す状態Cとなり、トリップ温度Ttripより高い温度の場合に図7Cに示す状態Dとなる。状態C及び状態Dのいずれにおいても、端子61及び端子62は、バイメタル63及びPTC部65を介して、電気的に接続される。TCO素子35Aが上記の構成を有する場合において、TCO素子35Aに過電流が流れると、PTC部65は抵抗加熱によって温度が上昇する。このときバイメタル63の温度がトリップ温度Ttripより高くなると、状態Cから状態Dへと、形状が変化する。つまり、TCO素子35Aは、過熱保護機能と、過電流保護機能と、を有する素子であると言える。そのため、図1B等で示したPTC素子32の代わりに、TCO素子35Aを用いてもよい。 As shown in FIGS. 7B and 7C, the TCO element 35A includes a PTC portion 65 in addition to the terminals 61, 62, bimetal 63, and exterior body 64 that the TCO element 35 has. 6B to 6D, the TCO element 35A is in state C shown in FIG. 7B when the temperature is below the trip temperature Ttrip, and in state D shown in FIG. 7C when the temperature is higher than the trip temperature Ttrip. Become. In both state C and state D, the terminal 61 and the terminal 62 are electrically connected via the bimetal 63 and the PTC section 65. When the TCO element 35A has the above configuration, when an overcurrent flows through the TCO element 35A, the temperature of the PTC section 65 increases due to resistance heating. At this time, when the temperature of the bimetal 63 becomes higher than the trip temperature Ttrip, the shape changes from state C to state D. In other words, it can be said that the TCO element 35A is an element having an overheat protection function and an overcurrent protection function. Therefore, the TCO element 35A may be used instead of the PTC element 32 shown in FIG. 1B and the like.
図8A、図8B、及び図9Aは、図1Bに示す蓄電モジュール100の変形例を示す回路図である。図8Aに示す蓄電モジュール100Eは、図1Bで説明した構成に加えて、FET36を有する。図8Bに示す蓄電モジュール100F及び図9Aに示す蓄電モジュール100Gは、図1Bで説明した構成に加えて、FET36及びFET37を有する。また、図9Bは、FET36を説明する図であり、図9CはFET37を説明する図である。 8A, FIG. 8B, and FIG. 9A are circuit diagrams showing modified examples of power storage module 100 shown in FIG. 1B. Electricity storage module 100E shown in FIG. 8A includes FET 36 in addition to the configuration described in FIG. 1B. Power storage module 100F shown in FIG. 8B and power storage module 100G shown in FIG. 9A include FET 36 and FET 37 in addition to the configuration described in FIG. 1B. Further, FIG. 9B is a diagram illustrating the FET 36, and FIG. 9C is a diagram illustrating the FET 37.
図9Bは、FET36が寄生ダイオード(ボディダイオードともいう)を有する場合の回路構成を示す図であり、FET36は、トランジスタ202A、ダイオード203A、端子204A、端子205A、及び端子206Aを有する。端子204Aは蓄電装置10と電気的に接続され、端子205AはFET37を介して外部端子51と電気的に接続され、端子206AはIC31と電気的に接続されている。端子204Aは、トランジスタ202Aのドレイン(D)、及び、ダイオード203Aのアノードに電気的に接続されている。なお、トランジスタのソース、ドレインは、印加されている電圧によって入れ替わる場合があるが、ここでは、回路構成の理解を容易にするため、pチャネル型トランジスタにおいて、充電時に電位が高い端子をソースと呼び、低い端子をドレインと呼ぶ。また、nチャネル型トランジスタでは、電位が高い方の端子をドレインと呼び、低い端子をソースと呼ぶ。 FIG. 9B is a diagram showing a circuit configuration when the FET 36 has a parasitic diode (also referred to as a body diode), and the FET 36 has a transistor 202A, a diode 203A, a terminal 204A, a terminal 205A, and a terminal 206A. Terminal 204A is electrically connected to power storage device 10, terminal 205A is electrically connected to external terminal 51 via FET 37, and terminal 206A is electrically connected to IC 31. The terminal 204A is electrically connected to the drain (D) of the transistor 202A and the anode of the diode 203A. Note that the source and drain of a transistor may be interchanged depending on the applied voltage, but here, in order to make it easier to understand the circuit configuration, in a p-channel transistor, the terminal with a high potential during charging is referred to as the source. , the lower terminal is called the drain. Furthermore, in an n-channel transistor, the terminal with a higher potential is called the drain, and the terminal with a lower potential is called the source.
FET36が、図9Bで説明した構成を有するとき、FET36は蓄電装置10の充電電流を流す機能及び遮断する機能と、蓄電装置10の放電電流を流す機能と、を有する。 When FET 36 has the configuration described in FIG. 9B, FET 36 has a function of passing and blocking a charging current of power storage device 10, and a function of passing a discharge current of power storage device 10.
図9Cは、FET37が寄生ダイオード(ボディダイオードともいう)を有する場合の回路構成を示す図であり、FET37は、トランジスタ202B、ダイオード203B、端子204B、端子205B、及び端子206Bを有する。端子204BはFET36を介して蓄電装置10と電気的に接続され、端子205Bは外部端子51と電気的に接続され、端子206BはIC31と電気的に接続されている。端子204Bは、トランジスタ202Bのドレイン(D)、及び、ダイオード203Bのカソードに電気的に接続されている。 FIG. 9C is a diagram showing a circuit configuration when the FET 37 has a parasitic diode (also referred to as a body diode), and the FET 37 includes a transistor 202B, a diode 203B, a terminal 204B, a terminal 205B, and a terminal 206B. Terminal 204B is electrically connected to power storage device 10 via FET 36, terminal 205B is electrically connected to external terminal 51, and terminal 206B is electrically connected to IC 31. Terminal 204B is electrically connected to the drain (D) of transistor 202B and the cathode of diode 203B.
FET37が、図9Cで説明した構成を有するとき、FET37は蓄電装置10の放電電流を流す機能及び遮断する機能と、蓄電装置10の充電電流を流す機能と、を有する。 When FET 37 has the configuration described in FIG. 9C, FET 37 has a function of passing and blocking a discharge current of power storage device 10, and a function of passing a charging current of power storage device 10.
上記に示したとおり、図8Aに示す蓄電モジュール100Eにおいて、FET36は蓄電装置10の充電電流を流す機能及び遮断する機能と、蓄電装置10の放電電流を流す機能と、を有している。なお、PTC素子32の一方の端子は、正極端子11とFET36の間の位置で電気的に接続することができる。 As described above, in power storage module 100E shown in FIG. 8A, FET 36 has the function of passing and blocking the charging current of power storage device 10, and the function of flowing the discharging current of power storage device 10. Note that one terminal of the PTC element 32 can be electrically connected at a position between the positive electrode terminal 11 and the FET 36.
上記に示したとおり、図8Bに示す蓄電モジュール100Fにおいて、FET36は蓄電装置10の充電電流を流す機能及び遮断する機能と、蓄電装置10の放電電流を流す機能と、を有している。また、FET37は蓄電装置10の放電電流を流す機能及び遮断する機能と、蓄電装置10の充電電流を流す機能と、を有している。なお、PTC素子32の一方の端子は、正極端子11とFET36の間の位置で電気的に接続することが好ましい。このような位置でPTC素子32が電気的に接続されることで、PTC素子32を介して蓄電装置10と電気的に接続されるIC31は、FET36及びFET37の状態によらず、蓄電装置10から電力の供給を受けることができる。 As described above, in the power storage module 100F shown in FIG. 8B, the FET 36 has the function of passing and blocking the charging current of the power storage device 10, and the function of passing the discharge current of the power storage device 10. Further, the FET 37 has a function of passing a discharge current of the power storage device 10 and a function of cutting off the discharge current, and a function of passing a charging current of the power storage device 10. Note that it is preferable that one terminal of the PTC element 32 is electrically connected at a position between the positive electrode terminal 11 and the FET 36. By electrically connecting the PTC element 32 at such a position, the IC 31 that is electrically connected to the power storage device 10 via the PTC element 32 can be connected to the power storage device 10 regardless of the states of the FET 36 and the FET 37. Electricity can be supplied.
図8Bにおいて、蓄電モジュール100Fが有するFET36及びFET37が、それぞれ1つである例を示したが、この構成に限られない。図9Aに示す蓄電モジュール100Gのように、2つのFET36を並列接続し、2つのFET37を並列接続する構成としてもよい。このような構成にすることで、大電流での充放電を行いやすくすることができる。 Although FIG. 8B shows an example in which the power storage module 100F has one FET 36 and one FET 37, the present invention is not limited to this configuration. Like a power storage module 100G shown in FIG. 9A, a configuration may be adopted in which two FETs 36 are connected in parallel and two FETs 37 are connected in parallel. With such a configuration, charging and discharging with a large current can be easily performed.
図10Aは、図8Bで示した、FET36及びFET37を有する蓄電モジュール100Fの変形例を示す図である。図10Aに示す蓄電モジュール100Hは、FET36及びFET37と並列接続される、PTC素子39及びFET40を有する。PTC素子39は、蓄電モジュール100Hを有する電子機器、または車両において、起動時に発生する突入電流を抑制する機能を有する。 FIG. 10A is a diagram showing a modification of the power storage module 100F having FET 36 and FET 37 shown in FIG. 8B. A power storage module 100H shown in FIG. 10A includes a PTC element 39 and a FET 40 that are connected in parallel with FET 36 and FET 37. PTC element 39 has a function of suppressing inrush current that occurs at startup in an electronic device or vehicle having power storage module 100H.
例えば、PTC素子39が、FET36及びFET37と、直列接続されている場合では、PTC素子39による電力ロスが生じてしまう。一方、図10Aで説明する並列接続の構成においては、FET40のオン/オフを制御することで、必要なタイミングのみPTC素子39を用いることができ、電力ロスを低減できるため、好ましい。 For example, if the PTC element 39 is connected in series with the FET 36 and the FET 37, power loss due to the PTC element 39 will occur. On the other hand, in the parallel connection configuration described in FIG. 10A, the PTC element 39 can be used only at necessary timings by controlling on/off of the FET 40, and power loss can be reduced, which is preferable.
なお、FET36、FET37及びFET40として、図9B又は図9Cに示した構成以外に、リレーを用いることもできる。リレーとは、制御IC(例えばIC31)などからの電気信号によって電磁石が働き、スイッチを開閉する仕組みを有するものを指す。FET36、FET37及びFET40として、リレーを用いる場合、大電流を流しやすくなるため、好ましい。 Note that as the FET 36, FET 37, and FET 40, relays can also be used in addition to the configuration shown in FIG. 9B or FIG. 9C. A relay refers to a device that has a mechanism in which an electromagnet is activated by an electric signal from a control IC (for example, IC31) to open and close a switch. When using relays as the FET 36, FET 37, and FET 40, it is preferable because a large current can easily flow therethrough.
図10Aまでに示した蓄電モジュール100乃至蓄電モジュール100Hの説明において、蓄電装置10が1個の電池を有する例を図示してきたが、蓄電装置10は、2個以上の電池を有してもよい。 In the description of power storage modules 100 to 100H shown up to FIG. 10A, an example in which power storage device 10 has one battery has been illustrated, but power storage device 10 may have two or more batteries. .
例えば、図10B乃至図11Bに示す蓄電モジュールは、2個の電池を有する蓄電装置10を有する例を示している。図10Bに示す蓄電モジュール100Jのように、複数の電池を有する蓄電装置10の場合において、1個のヒータ21と、1個の温度センサ22と、で蓄電装置10の温度管理をする構成としてもよい。このとき、ヒータ21の配置として、2個の電池の両方と接する位置に設けることが好ましい。例えば、2個の電池の間にヒータ21を配置することができる。また、2個の電池を並べ、2個の電池の間ではない位置、かつ2個の電池の両方と接する位置にヒータ21を配置することもできる。なお。温度センサ22は、上記のヒータ21の位置の近くに設けてもよいが、別の位置に設けてもよい。 For example, the power storage module shown in FIGS. 10B to 11B shows an example including a power storage device 10 having two batteries. In the case of a power storage device 10 having a plurality of batteries, such as a power storage module 100J shown in FIG. 10B, one heater 21 and one temperature sensor 22 may be used to manage the temperature of the power storage device 10. good. At this time, it is preferable to arrange the heater 21 at a position where it is in contact with both of the two batteries. For example, heater 21 can be placed between two batteries. Furthermore, it is also possible to arrange two batteries side by side and arrange the heater 21 at a position that is not between the two batteries and is in contact with both of the two batteries. In addition. The temperature sensor 22 may be provided near the position of the heater 21 described above, but may also be provided at a different location.
または、図11Aに示す蓄電モジュール100Kのように、複数の電池を有する蓄電装置10の場合において、1個のヒータ21と、複数の温度センサ22と、で蓄電装置10の温度管理をする構成としてもよい。複数の電池に対するヒータ21の配置は上記の例を参考にできる。また、温度センサ22は、それぞれの電池に設けることができる。 Alternatively, in the case of a power storage device 10 having a plurality of batteries, such as a power storage module 100K shown in FIG. Good too. The arrangement of the heaters 21 for a plurality of batteries can be done with reference to the above example. Moreover, the temperature sensor 22 can be provided in each battery.
または、図11Bに示す蓄電モジュール100Lのように、複数の電池を有する蓄電装置10の場合において、複数のヒータ21と、複数の温度センサ22と、で蓄電装置10の温度管理をする構成としてもよい。この場合、複数の電池のそれぞれに、ヒータ21と温度センサ22を設けてもよい。また、幾つかの電池を1組として、各組にヒータ21と温度センサ22を設けてもよい。 Alternatively, in the case of a power storage device 10 having a plurality of batteries, such as a power storage module 100L shown in FIG. good. In this case, a heater 21 and a temperature sensor 22 may be provided for each of the plurality of batteries. Alternatively, several batteries may be combined into one set, and each set may be provided with a heater 21 and a temperature sensor 22.
なお、図10B乃至図11Bにおいて図示していないが、図12Aに示すように、蓄電装置10が有する電池のそれぞれの電圧をIC31が計測できる構成であることが好ましい。図12A乃至図12Dでは、説明の簡略化のため、蓄電装置10とIC31と、の接続の一部を図示しており、図1B等で示した蓄電モジュール100の構成と、適宜組みあわせて用いることができる。 Although not shown in FIGS. 10B to 11B, it is preferable that the IC 31 be configured to be able to measure the voltage of each battery included in the power storage device 10, as shown in FIG. 12A. 12A to 12D illustrate a part of the connection between the power storage device 10 and the IC 31 for the purpose of simplifying the explanation, and may be used in combination with the configuration of the power storage module 100 shown in FIG. 1B etc. as appropriate. be able to.
図12Bは、蓄電装置10がn個の電池を有する一例を示す図である。 FIG. 12B is a diagram illustrating an example in which power storage device 10 includes n batteries.
蓄電装置10が有する電池は、直列接続されるだけでなく、図12Cに示すように、並列接続された複数の電池を、さらに直列で接続する配置としてもよい。並列接続される複数の電池は、図12Cに図示する2個に限らず、図12Dに示すように3個以上の複数の電池を並列接続し、さらに直列接続することもできる。 The batteries included in power storage device 10 may not only be connected in series, but also may be arranged in such a way that a plurality of batteries connected in parallel are further connected in series, as shown in FIG. 12C. The plurality of batteries connected in parallel is not limited to two as shown in FIG. 12C, but three or more batteries can be connected in parallel and further connected in series as shown in FIG. 12D.
また、本発明の一態様の蓄電モジュール100は、2個以上の蓄電装置を有していてもよい。図13は、2個の蓄電装置として、蓄電装置10A及び蓄電装置10Bを有する蓄電モジュール100Mを説明する図である。蓄電装置10Aは、正極端子11A及び負極端子12Aを有する。蓄電装置10Bは、正極端子11B及び負極端子12Bを有する。 Further, power storage module 100 according to one embodiment of the present invention may include two or more power storage devices. FIG. 13 is a diagram illustrating a power storage module 100M having a power storage device 10A and a power storage device 10B as two power storage devices. Power storage device 10A has a positive terminal 11A and a negative terminal 12A. Power storage device 10B has a positive terminal 11B and a negative terminal 12B.
蓄電モジュール100Mにおいて、正極端子11Aは外部端子51と電気的に接続され、負極端子12Aは外部端子52と電気的に接続される。また、正極端子11BはPTC素子32の一方の端子と電気的に接続され、PTC素子32の他方の端子はIC31のVCC端子と電気的に接続され、IC31のGND端子は負極端子12Bと電気的に接続される。ヒータ21及び温度センサ22については、図1Bと同様である。 In power storage module 100M, positive electrode terminal 11A is electrically connected to external terminal 51, and negative electrode terminal 12A is electrically connected to external terminal 52. Further, the positive terminal 11B is electrically connected to one terminal of the PTC element 32, the other terminal of the PTC element 32 is electrically connected to the VCC terminal of the IC 31, and the GND terminal of the IC 31 is electrically connected to the negative terminal 12B. connected to. The heater 21 and temperature sensor 22 are the same as those in FIG. 1B.
蓄電装置10Aと蓄電装置10Bの構成は、同じであってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。例えば、蓄電モジュール100Mを車両に用いる場合、蓄電装置10Aをモータの動力用等(強電用ともいう)に用いる大容量を貯蔵できる蓄電装置として用い、蓄電装置10Bを通信用等(弱電用ともいう)に用いる比較的小容量の蓄電装置として用いることができる。 The configurations of power storage device 10A and power storage device 10B may be the same or different. For example, when the power storage module 100M is used in a vehicle, the power storage device 10A is used as a power storage device capable of storing a large capacity for use in motor power, etc. (also referred to as strong power), and power storage device 10B is used for communication, etc. (also referred to as low power). ) can be used as a relatively small capacity power storage device.
ここまで、本発明の一態様の蓄電モジュール100の例として、図1Bに示した一例だけでなく、図4A乃至図13を用いて、TCO素子35など構成要素を更に有する例を、それぞれ説明している。ただし、本発明の一態様の蓄電モジュールは、図1乃至図13で個別に図示した蓄電モジュール100乃至蓄電モジュール100Mの構成に限られず、図14に示すように複数の構成要素を複数組み合わせることができる。 Up to this point, as examples of the power storage module 100 according to one embodiment of the present invention, not only the example shown in FIG. 1B but also examples having further components such as the TCO element 35 have been described using FIGS. 4A to 13. ing. However, the power storage module of one embodiment of the present invention is not limited to the configurations of the power storage modules 100 to 100M individually illustrated in FIGS. 1 to 13, and a plurality of components may be combined as shown in FIG. can.
図14は、複数の電池を有する蓄電装置10と、ヒータ21と、温度センサ22と、IC31と、PTC素子32と、FET33と、抵抗素子34と、TCO素子35と、FET36と、FET37と、PTC素子39と、FET40と、を備える蓄電モジュール100Nを説明する回路図である。図14に示す蓄電モジュール100Nが有する各構成要素は、図1乃至図12の説明を参照することができる。 FIG. 14 shows a power storage device 10 having a plurality of batteries, a heater 21, a temperature sensor 22, an IC 31, a PTC element 32, an FET 33, a resistance element 34, a TCO element 35, an FET 36, an FET 37, It is a circuit diagram explaining electricity storage module 100N provided with PTC element 39 and FET40. For each component included in the power storage module 100N shown in FIG. 14, the description of FIGS. 1 to 12 can be referred to.
なお、蓄電モジュール100Nは、外部端子51及び外部端子52の他に、通信端子53及び通信端子54を有してもよい。例えば、IC31がCAN等の通信機能を備える場合、図14に示すようにIC31は通信端子53及び通信端子と電気的に接続され、通信端子53及び通信端子54は、蓄電モジュール100Nを有する電子機器、または車両と通信を行うことができる。 Note that the power storage module 100N may include a communication terminal 53 and a communication terminal 54 in addition to the external terminal 51 and the external terminal 52. For example, when the IC 31 has a communication function such as CAN, the IC 31 is electrically connected to the communication terminal 53 and the communication terminal 54 as shown in FIG. , or communicate with the vehicle.
図14では、蓄電装置10が有する複数の電池の、それぞれの電圧をIC31が計測する構成を示しているが、図15に示す蓄電モジュール100Pのように、IC31とは異なるIC41が当該電池の電圧を計測する構成としてもよい。ここで、IC41は、電圧を計測する機能だけでなく、蓄電装置10が有する複数の電池の容量バランス(セルバランスともいう)を、調節する機能を有してもよい。 Although FIG. 14 shows a configuration in which IC31 measures the voltage of each of the plurality of batteries included in power storage device 10, as in power storage module 100P shown in FIG. 15, IC41 different from IC31 measures the voltage of the battery. It may also be configured to measure. Here, the IC 41 may have not only the function of measuring voltage but also the function of adjusting the capacity balance (also referred to as cell balance) of the plurality of batteries included in the power storage device 10.
なお、図1乃至図14において、PTC素子32、FET33、抵抗素子34、TCO素子35、FET36、FET37、PTC素子39、FET40などを、正極端子11から外部端子51の間の経路(高電位側)に設ける例を示したが、この例に限られない。PTC素子32、FET33、抵抗素子34、TCO素子35、FET36、FET37、PTC素子39、FET40などを、負極端子12から外部端子52の間の経路(低電位側)に設ける構成としてもよい。例えば、図1Bにおいて、PTC素子32を、正極端子11とIC31(VCC)の間の位置、かつ外部端子51とIC31(VCC)の間の位置、に設けるのではなく、負極端子12とIC31(GND)の間の位置、かつ外部端子52とIC31(GND)の間の位置、に設ける、という構成の蓄電モジュール100とすることもできる。 1 to 14, the PTC element 32, FET 33, resistance element 34, TCO element 35, FET 36, FET 37, PTC element 39, FET 40, etc. are connected to the path between the positive terminal 11 and the external terminal 51 (high potential side). ), but the example is not limited to this example. The PTC element 32, FET 33, resistance element 34, TCO element 35, FET 36, FET 37, PTC element 39, FET 40, etc. may be provided in the path (low potential side) between the negative terminal 12 and the external terminal 52. For example, in FIG. 1B, instead of providing the PTC element 32 between the positive terminal 11 and the IC 31 (VCC) and between the external terminal 51 and the IC 31 (VCC), the PTC element 32 is provided between the negative terminal 12 and the IC 31 (VCC). The power storage module 100 may be provided at a position between the external terminal 52 and the IC 31 (GND) and between the external terminal 52 and the IC 31 (GND).
以上が、本発明の一態様の蓄電モジュール100の説明である。なお、図1乃至図15において、説明の簡略化、図面の見易さのため、IC31と各構成要素が電気的に接続される経路(配線)に抵抗素子、コンデンサ等を図示していないが、適宜抵抗素子、コンデンサ等を設けることができる。例えば、FETのゲートと接続される配線に数10Ω乃至数キロΩの抵抗を備えることで、当該FETの発振を抑制することが可能な場合がある。 The above is the description of the power storage module 100 of one embodiment of the present invention. Note that in FIGS. 1 to 15, resistive elements, capacitors, etc. are not shown in the paths (wiring) where the IC 31 and each component are electrically connected in order to simplify the explanation and make the drawings easier to see. , a resistance element, a capacitor, etc. can be provided as appropriate. For example, it may be possible to suppress oscillation of the FET by providing a resistance of several tens of ohms to several kilohms in the wiring connected to the gate of the FET.
本実施の形態に示す構成、方法などは、他の実施の形態に示す構成、方法などと適宜組み合わせて用いることができる。 The structure, method, etc. shown in this embodiment can be used in appropriate combination with the structures, methods, etc. shown in other embodiments.
(実施の形態2)
本実施の形態では、蓄電装置10が有する電池の一例として、リチウムイオン電池を構成する要素について、各々説明する。なお、本実施の形態では説明しないが、蓄電装置10として、リチウムイオン電池以外の電池、例えば、ナトリウムイオン電池、ニッケル水素電池、鉛蓄電池などを用いてもよい。
(Embodiment 2)
In this embodiment, each of the elements constituting a lithium ion battery will be described as an example of a battery included in power storage device 10. Note that although not described in this embodiment, batteries other than lithium ion batteries, such as sodium ion batteries, nickel hydride batteries, lead acid batteries, etc., may be used as the power storage device 10.
リチウムイオン電池は、負極、正極、電解質、セパレータ、及び外装体を有する。 A lithium ion battery has a negative electrode, a positive electrode, an electrolyte, a separator, and an exterior body.
[負極]
負極は、負極活物質層及び負極集電体を有する。また、負極活物質層は負極活物質を有し、さらに導電材及びバインダを有していてもよい。
[Negative electrode]
The negative electrode has a negative electrode active material layer and a negative electrode current collector. Further, the negative electrode active material layer includes a negative electrode active material, and may further include a conductive material and a binder.
集電体は、例えば金属箔を用いることができる。負極は、金属箔上にスラリーを塗布して乾燥させることによって形成することができる。なお、乾燥後にプレスを加えてもよい。負極は、集電体上に活物質層を形成したものである。 For example, metal foil can be used as the current collector. The negative electrode can be formed by applying a slurry onto a metal foil and drying it. Note that pressing may be applied after drying. The negative electrode has an active material layer formed on a current collector.
スラリーとは、集電体上に活物質層を形成するために用いる材料液であり、活物質とバインダと溶媒を含有し、好ましくはさらに導電材を混合させたものを指している。なお、スラリーは、電極用スラリーまたは活物質スラリーと呼ばれることもあり、負極活物質層を形成する場合には負極用スラリーと呼ばれることもある。 The slurry is a material liquid used to form an active material layer on a current collector, and includes an active material, a binder, and a solvent, and is preferably further mixed with a conductive material. Note that the slurry is sometimes called an electrode slurry or an active material slurry, and when forming a negative electrode active material layer, it is also called a negative electrode slurry.
<負極活物質>
負極活物質として、例えば炭素材料または合金系材料を用いることができる。
<Negative electrode active material>
For example, a carbon material or an alloy-based material can be used as the negative electrode active material.
炭素材料として、例えば黒鉛(天然黒鉛、人造黒鉛)、易黒鉛化性炭素(ソフトカーボン)、難黒鉛化性炭素(ハードカーボン)、炭素繊維(カーボンナノチューブ)、グラフェン、カーボンブラック等を用いることができる。 As the carbon material, for example, graphite (natural graphite, artificial graphite), graphitizable carbon (soft carbon), non-graphitizable carbon (hard carbon), carbon fiber (carbon nanotube), graphene, carbon black, etc. can be used. can.
黒鉛は、人造黒鉛または天然黒鉛等が挙げられる。人造黒鉛としては例えば、メソカーボンマイクロビーズ(MCMB)、コークス系人造黒鉛、ピッチ系人造黒鉛等が挙げられる。ここで人造黒鉛として、球状の形状を有する球状黒鉛を用いることができる。例えば、MCMBは球状の形状を有する場合があり、好ましい。また、MCMBはその表面積を小さくすることが比較的容易であり、好ましい場合がある。天然黒鉛としては、例えば、鱗片状黒鉛、球状化天然黒鉛等が挙げられる。 Examples of graphite include artificial graphite and natural graphite. Examples of the artificial graphite include mesocarbon microbeads (MCMB), coke-based artificial graphite, and pitch-based artificial graphite. Here, spherical graphite having a spherical shape can be used as the artificial graphite. For example, MCMB may have a spherical shape, which is preferred. Furthermore, it is relatively easy to reduce the surface area of MCMB, which may be preferable. Examples of natural graphite include flaky graphite and spheroidized natural graphite.
黒鉛は、リチウムイオンが黒鉛に挿入されたとき(リチウム−黒鉛層間化合物の生成時)にリチウム金属と同程度に低い電位を示す(0.05V以上0.3V以下 vs.Li/Li)。これにより、黒鉛を用いたリチウムイオン電池は高い作動電圧を示すことができる。さらに、黒鉛は、単位体積当たりの容量が比較的高い、体積膨張が比較的小さい、安価である、リチウム金属に比べて安全性が高い等の利点を有するため、好ましい。 Graphite exhibits a potential as low as that of lithium metal (0.05 V or more and 0.3 V or less vs. Li/Li + ) when lithium ions are inserted into graphite (when a lithium-graphite intercalation compound is generated). This allows lithium ion batteries using graphite to exhibit high operating voltage. Furthermore, graphite is preferable because it has advantages such as a relatively high capacity per unit volume, a relatively small volumetric expansion, low cost, and higher safety than lithium metal.
難黒鉛化性炭素は、例えばフェノール樹脂などの合成樹脂、植物由来の有機物を焼成することで得られる。本発明の一態様のリチウムイオン電池の負極活物質が有する難黒鉛化性炭素は、X線回折(XRD)によって測定される(002)面の面間隔が0.34nm以上0.50nm以下であることが好ましく、0.35nm以上0.42nm以下であることがより好ましい。 Non-graphitizable carbon can be obtained, for example, by firing synthetic resins such as phenol resins or organic substances derived from plants. The non-graphitizable carbon included in the negative electrode active material of the lithium ion battery according to one embodiment of the present invention has a (002) plane spacing of 0.34 nm or more and 0.50 nm or less, as measured by X-ray diffraction (XRD). It is preferably 0.35 nm or more and 0.42 nm or less.
また、負極活物質は、リチウムとの合金化・脱合金化反応により充放電反応を行うことが可能な元素を用いることができる。例えば、シリコン、スズ、ガリウム、アルミニウム、ゲルマニウム、鉛、アンチモン、ビスマス、銀、亜鉛、カドミウム、インジウム等のうち少なくとも一つを含む材料を用いることができる。このような元素は炭素と比べて容量が大きく、特にシリコンは理論容量が4200mAh/gと高い。このため、負極活物質にシリコンを用いることが好ましい。また、これらの元素を有する化合物を用いてもよい。例えば、SiO、MgSi、MgGe、SnO、SnO、MgSn、SnS、VSn、FeSn、CoSn、NiSn、CuSn、AgSn、AgSb、NiMnSb、CeSb、LaSn、LaCoSn、CoSb、InSb、SbSn等がある。ここで、リチウムとの合金化・脱合金化反応により充放電反応を行うことが可能な元素、及び該元素を有する化合物等を合金系材料と呼ぶ場合がある。 Further, as the negative electrode active material, an element that can perform a charge/discharge reaction by alloying/dealloying reaction with lithium can be used. For example, a material containing at least one of silicon, tin, gallium, aluminum, germanium, lead, antimony, bismuth, silver, zinc, cadmium, indium, etc. can be used. These elements have a larger capacity than carbon, and silicon in particular has a high theoretical capacity of 4200 mAh/g. For this reason, it is preferable to use silicon as the negative electrode active material. Further, compounds having these elements may also be used. For example, SiO, Mg2Si , Mg2Ge , SnO , SnO2 , Mg2Sn , SnS2 , V2Sn3 , FeSn2 , CoSn2 , Ni3Sn2 , Cu6Sn5 , Ag3Sn , Ag 3Sb , Ni2MnSb , CeSb3 , LaSn3 , La3Co2Sn7 , CoSb3 , InSb, SbSn, and the like. Here, an element that can perform a charging/discharging reaction by alloying/dealloying reaction with lithium, a compound having the element, etc. may be referred to as an alloy-based material.
本明細書等において、「SiO」は例えば一酸化シリコンを指す。あるいはSiOは、SiOと表すこともできる。ここでxは1または1近傍の値を有することが好ましい。例えばxは、0.2以上1.5以下が好ましく、0.3以上1.2以下が好ましい。 In this specification and the like, "SiO" refers to silicon monoxide, for example. Alternatively, SiO can also be expressed as SiO x . Here, x preferably has a value of 1 or a value close to 1. For example, x is preferably 0.2 or more and 1.5 or less, and preferably 0.3 or more and 1.2 or less.
また、負極活物質として、二酸化チタン(TiO)、リチウムチタン酸化物(LiTi12)、リチウム−黒鉛層間化合物(Li)、五酸化ニオブ(Nb)、酸化タングステン(WO)、酸化モリブデン(MoO)等の酸化物を用いることができる。 In addition, as negative electrode active materials, titanium dioxide (TiO 2 ), lithium titanium oxide (Li 4 Ti 5 O 12 ), lithium-graphite intercalation compound (Li x C 6 ), niobium pentoxide (Nb 2 O 5 ), oxidized Oxides such as tungsten (WO 2 ) and molybdenum oxide (MoO 2 ) can be used.
また、負極活物質として、リチウムと遷移金属の複窒化物である、LiN型構造をもつLi3−xN(M=Co、Ni、Cu)を用いることができる。例えば、Li2.6Co0.4は大きな放電容量(900mAh/g、1890mAh/cm)を示し好ましい。 Further, as the negative electrode active material, Li 3-x M x N (M=Co, Ni, Cu) having a Li 3 N type structure, which is a double nitride of lithium and a transition metal, can be used. For example, Li 2.6 Co 0.4 N 3 is preferable because it exhibits a large discharge capacity (900 mAh/g, 1890 mAh/cm 3 ).
リチウムと遷移金属の複窒化物を用いると、負極活物質中にリチウムイオンを含むため、正極活物質としてリチウムイオンを含まないV、Cr等の材料と組み合わせることができ好ましい。なお、正極活物質にリチウムイオンを含む材料を用いる場合でも、予め正極活物質に含まれるリチウムイオンを脱離させることで、負極活物質としてリチウムと遷移金属の複窒化物を用いることができる。 When a double nitride of lithium and a transition metal is used, since the negative electrode active material contains lithium ions, it can be combined with materials such as V 2 O 5 and Cr 3 O 8 that do not contain lithium ions as the positive electrode active material, which is preferable. . Note that even when a material containing lithium ions is used as the positive electrode active material, a double nitride of lithium and a transition metal can be used as the negative electrode active material by removing lithium ions contained in the positive electrode active material in advance.
また、コンバージョン反応が生じる材料を負極活物質として用いることもできる。例えば、酸化コバルト(CoO)、酸化ニッケル(NiO)、酸化鉄(FeO)等の、リチウムとの合金を作らない遷移金属酸化物を負極活物質に用いてもよい。コンバージョン反応が生じる材料としては、さらに、Fe、CuO、CuO、RuO、Cr等の酸化物、CoS0.89、NiS、CuS等の硫化物、Zn、CuN、Ge等の窒化物、NiP、FeP、CoP等のリン化物、FeF、BiF等のフッ化物が挙げられる。 Furthermore, a material that causes a conversion reaction can also be used as the negative electrode active material. For example, transition metal oxides that do not form an alloy with lithium, such as cobalt oxide (CoO), nickel oxide (NiO), and iron oxide (FeO), may be used as the negative electrode active material. Materials that cause conversion reactions include oxides such as Fe 2 O 3 , CuO, Cu 2 O, RuO 2 , and Cr 2 O 3 , sulfides such as CoS 0.89 , NiS, and CuS, and Zn 3 N 2 , nitrides such as Cu 3 N and Ge 3 N 4 , phosphides such as NiP 2 , FeP 2 and CoP 3 , and fluorides such as FeF 3 and BiF 3 .
なお、上記に示した負極活物質の中から一種類の負極活物質を用いることができるが、複数種類を組み合わせて用いることもできる。例えば、炭素材料とシリコンとの組み合わせ、炭素材料と一酸化シリコンとの組み合わせ、とすることができる。 In addition, although one type of negative electrode active material can be used from among the negative electrode active materials shown above, it is also possible to use a combination of multiple types. For example, it can be a combination of a carbon material and silicon, or a combination of a carbon material and silicon monoxide.
また、負極の別の形態として、電池の作製終了時点において負極活物質を有さない負極であってもよい。負極活物質を有さない負極として、例えば電池の作製終了時点において負極集電体のみを有する負極であって、電池の充電によって正極活物質から脱離するリチウムイオンが、負極集電体上にリチウム金属として析出し負極活物質層を形成する負極、とすることができる。このような負極を用いた電池は、負極フリー(アノードフリー)電池、負極レス(アノードレス)電池、などと呼ぶことがある。 Further, as another form of the negative electrode, it may be a negative electrode that does not have a negative electrode active material at the time of completion of battery production. An example of a negative electrode that does not have a negative electrode active material is a negative electrode that has only a negative electrode current collector at the end of battery production, and the lithium ions that are released from the positive electrode active material when the battery is charged are deposited on the negative electrode current collector. It can be a negative electrode that is precipitated as lithium metal to form a negative electrode active material layer. A battery using such a negative electrode is sometimes called a negative electrode-free (anode-free) battery, a negative electrode-less (anode-less) battery, or the like.
負極活物質を有さない負極を用いる場合、負極集電体上にリチウムの析出を均一化するための膜を有してもよい。リチウムの析出を均一化するための膜として、例えばリチウムイオン伝導性を有する固体電解質を用いることができる。固体電解質として、硫化物系固体電解質、酸化物系固体電解質、及び高分子系固体電解質などを用いることができる。なかでも、高分子系固体電解質は負極集電体上に均一に膜形成することが比較的容易であるため、リチウムの析出を均一化するための膜として好適である。また、リチウムの析出を均一化するための膜として、例えばリチウムと合金を形成する金属膜を用いることができる。リチウムと合金を形成する金属膜として、例えばマグネシウム金属膜を用いることができる。リチウムとマグネシウムとは広い組成範囲において固溶体を形成するため、リチウムの析出を均一化するための膜として好適である。 When using a negative electrode that does not have a negative electrode active material, a film may be provided on the negative electrode current collector to uniformly deposit lithium. For example, a solid electrolyte having lithium ion conductivity can be used as a membrane for uniformly depositing lithium. As the solid electrolyte, sulfide-based solid electrolytes, oxide-based solid electrolytes, polymer-based solid electrolytes, and the like can be used. Among these, a polymer solid electrolyte is suitable as a film for uniformly depositing lithium because it is relatively easy to form a uniform film on the negative electrode current collector. Further, as a film for uniformizing lithium precipitation, for example, a metal film that forms an alloy with lithium can be used. For example, a magnesium metal film can be used as the metal film that forms an alloy with lithium. Since lithium and magnesium form a solid solution over a wide composition range, it is suitable as a film for uniformizing the precipitation of lithium.
また、負極活物質を有さない負極を用いる場合、凹凸を有する負極集電体を用いることができる。凹凸を有する負極集電体を用いる場合、負極集電体の凹部は負極集電体が有するリチウムが析出し易い空洞となるため、リチウムが析出する際に、デンドライト状の形状となることを抑制することができる。 Moreover, when using a negative electrode that does not have a negative electrode active material, a negative electrode current collector having unevenness can be used. When using a negative electrode current collector with unevenness, the concave portions of the negative electrode current collector become cavities in which the lithium contained in the negative electrode current collector is likely to precipitate, so when lithium is precipitated, it is suppressed from forming a dendrite-like shape. can do.
<バインダ>
バインダとしては、例えば、スチレン−ブタジエンゴム(SBR)、スチレン−イソプレン−スチレンゴム、アクリロニトリル−ブタジエンゴム、ブタジエンゴム、エチレン−プロピレン−ジエン共重合体などのゴム材料を用いることが好ましい。またバインダとして、フッ素ゴムを用いることができる。
<Binder>
As the binder, it is preferable to use rubber materials such as styrene-butadiene rubber (SBR), styrene-isoprene-styrene rubber, acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber, butadiene rubber, and ethylene-propylene-diene copolymer. Furthermore, fluororubber can be used as the binder.
また、バインダとしては、例えば水溶性の高分子を用いることが好ましい。水溶性の高分子としては、例えば多糖類などを用いることができる。多糖類としては、カルボキシメチルセルロース(CMC)、メチルセルロース、エチルセルロース、ヒドロキシプロピルセルロース、ジアセチルセルロース、再生セルロースなどのセルロース誘導体、または澱粉などを用いることができる。また、これらの水溶性の高分子を、前述のゴム材料と併用して用いると、さらに好ましい。 Further, as the binder, it is preferable to use, for example, a water-soluble polymer. As the water-soluble polymer, for example, polysaccharides can be used. As the polysaccharide, cellulose derivatives such as carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC), methyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, diacetyl cellulose, regenerated cellulose, or starch can be used. Further, it is more preferable to use these water-soluble polymers in combination with the above-mentioned rubber material.
または、バインダとしては、ポリスチレン、ポリアクリル酸メチル、ポリメタクリル酸メチル(ポリメチルメタクリレート、PMMA)、ポリアクリル酸ナトリウム、ポリビニルアルコール(PVA)、ポリエチレンオキシド(PEO)、ポリプロピレンオキシド、ポリイミド、ポリ塩化ビニル、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、ポリイソブチレン、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ナイロン、ポリフッ化ビニリデン(PVDF)、ポリアクリロニトリル(PAN)、エチレンプロピレンジエンポリマー、ポリ酢酸ビニル、ニトロセルロース等の材料を用いることが好ましい。 Or, as a binder, polystyrene, polymethyl acrylate, polymethyl methacrylate (polymethyl methacrylate, PMMA), sodium polyacrylate, polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), polyethylene oxide (PEO), polypropylene oxide, polyimide, polyvinyl chloride It is preferable to use materials such as polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, polypropylene, polyisobutylene, polyethylene terephthalate, nylon, polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF), polyacrylonitrile (PAN), ethylene propylene diene polymer, polyvinyl acetate, nitrocellulose, etc. .
バインダは上記のうち複数を組み合わせて使用してもよい。 The binder may be used in combination of two or more of the above binders.
例えば粘度調整効果の特に優れた材料と、他の材料とを組み合わせて使用してもよい。例えばゴム材料等は接着力及び弾性力に優れる反面、溶媒に混合した場合に粘度調整が難しい場合がある。このような場合には例えば、粘度調整効果の特に優れた材料と混合することが好ましい。粘度調整効果の特に優れた材料としては、例えば水溶性高分子を用いるとよい。また、粘度調整効果に特に優れた水溶性高分子としては、前述の多糖類、例えばカルボキシメチルセルロース(CMC)、メチルセルロース、エチルセルロース、ヒドロキシプロピルセルロース及びジアセチルセルロース、再生セルロースなどのセルロース誘導体、または澱粉を用いることができる。 For example, a material with particularly excellent viscosity adjusting effect may be used in combination with other materials. For example, although rubber materials have excellent adhesive strength and elasticity, it may be difficult to adjust the viscosity when mixed with a solvent. In such cases, for example, it is preferable to mix with a material that is particularly effective in controlling viscosity. As a material having a particularly excellent viscosity adjusting effect, for example, a water-soluble polymer may be used. In addition, as water-soluble polymers having particularly excellent viscosity adjusting effects, the above-mentioned polysaccharides, such as carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC), methyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, diacetyl cellulose, cellulose derivatives such as regenerated cellulose, or starch are used. be able to.
なお、カルボキシメチルセルロースなどのセルロース誘導体は、例えばカルボキシメチルセルロースのナトリウム塩またはアンモニウム塩などの塩とすることにより溶解度が上がり、粘度調整剤としての効果を発揮しやすくなる。溶解度が高くなることにより電極のスラリーを作製する際に活物質または他の構成要素との分散性を高めることもできる。本明細書等においては、電極のバインダとして使用するセルロース及びセルロース誘導体としては、それらの塩も含むものとする。 In addition, the solubility of cellulose derivatives such as carboxymethylcellulose is increased by converting them into salts such as sodium salts or ammonium salts of carboxymethylcellulose, making it easier to exhibit the effect as a viscosity modifier. The increased solubility can also improve the dispersibility with the active material or other components when preparing an electrode slurry. In this specification and the like, cellulose and cellulose derivatives used as binders for electrodes include salts thereof.
水溶性高分子は水に溶解することにより粘度を安定化させ、活物質及びバインダとして組み合わせる他の材料、例えばスチレンブタジエンゴムを水溶液中に安定して分散させることができる。また、官能基を有するために活物質表面に安定に吸着しやすいことが期待される。また、例えばカルボキシメチルセルロースなどのセルロース誘導体は、水酸基またはカルボキシル基などの官能基を有する材料が多く、官能基を有するために高分子同士が相互作用し、活物質表面を広く覆って存在することが期待される。 The water-soluble polymer stabilizes the viscosity by dissolving in water, and other materials combined as the active material and binder, such as styrene-butadiene rubber, can be stably dispersed in the aqueous solution. Furthermore, since it has a functional group, it is expected that it will be easily adsorbed stably on the surface of the active material. In addition, many cellulose derivatives such as carboxymethylcellulose have functional groups such as hydroxyl or carboxyl groups, and because of these functional groups, polymers interact with each other and may exist widely covering the surface of the active material. Be expected.
活物質表面を覆う、または表面に接するバインダが膜を形成する場合には、不動態膜としての役割を果たして電解液の分解を抑える効果も期待される。ここで、「不動態膜」とは、電気の電導性のない膜、または電気電導性の極めて低い膜であり、例えば活物質の表面に不動態膜が形成された場合には、電池反応電位において、電解液の分解を抑制することができる。また、不動態膜は、電気の電導性を抑えるとともに、リチウムイオンは伝導できるとさらに望ましい。 When the binder forms a film that covers or is in contact with the surface of the active material, it is expected to serve as a passive film and suppress decomposition of the electrolyte. Here, the "passive film" is a film with no electrical conductivity or a film with extremely low electrical conductivity. For example, when a passive film is formed on the surface of an active material, the battery reaction potential In this case, decomposition of the electrolytic solution can be suppressed. Further, it is more desirable that the passive film suppresses electrical conductivity and can conduct lithium ions.
<導電材>
導電材は、導電付与剤、導電助剤とも呼ばれ、炭素材料が用いられる。複数の活物質の間に導電材を付着させることで複数の活物質同士が電気的に接続され、導電性が高まる。なお、「付着」とは、活物質と導電材が物理的に密着していることのみを指しているのではなく、共有結合が生じる場合、ファンデルワールス力により結合する場合、活物質の表面の一部を導電材が覆う場合、活物質の表面凹凸に導電材がはまりこむ場合、互いに接していなくとも電気的に接続される場合などを含む概念とする。
<Conductive material>
The conductive material is also called a conductivity imparting agent or a conductivity aid, and a carbon material is used. By attaching a conductive material between the plurality of active materials, the plurality of active materials are electrically connected to each other, thereby increasing conductivity. Note that "adhesion" does not only mean that the active material and the conductive material are in close physical contact with each other, but also when a covalent bond occurs or when they bond due to van der Waals forces, the surface of the active material The concept includes cases where a conductive material covers a part of the active material, cases where the conductive material fits into the unevenness of the surface of the active material, cases where the active material is electrically connected even if they are not in contact with each other.
正極活物質層、負極活物質層、等の活物質層は、導電材を有することが好ましい。 It is preferable that active material layers such as a positive electrode active material layer and a negative electrode active material layer include a conductive material.
導電材としては、例えば、アセチレンブラック、およびファーネスブラックなどのカーボンブラック、人造黒鉛、および天然黒鉛などの黒鉛、カーボンナノファイバー、およびカーボンナノチューブなどの炭素繊維、ならびにグラフェン化合物、のいずれか一種又は二種以上を用いることができる。 Examples of the conductive material include carbon black such as acetylene black and furnace black, graphite such as artificial graphite and natural graphite, carbon fibers such as carbon nanofibers and carbon nanotubes, and graphene compounds. More than one species can be used.
炭素繊維としては、例えばメソフェーズピッチ系炭素繊維、等方性ピッチ系炭素繊維等の炭素繊維を用いることができる。また炭素繊維として、カーボンナノファイバーまたはカーボンナノチューブなどを用いることができる。カーボンナノチューブは、例えば気相成長法などで作製することができる。 As the carbon fiber, carbon fibers such as mesophase pitch carbon fiber and isotropic pitch carbon fiber can be used. Furthermore, carbon nanofibers, carbon nanotubes, or the like can be used as the carbon fibers. Carbon nanotubes can be produced, for example, by a vapor phase growth method.
本明細書等においてグラフェン化合物とは、グラフェン、多層グラフェン、マルチグラフェン、酸化グラフェン、多層酸化グラフェン、マルチ酸化グラフェン、還元された酸化グラフェン、還元された多層酸化グラフェン、還元されたマルチ酸化グラフェン、グラフェン量子ドット等を含む。グラフェン化合物とは、炭素を有し、平板状、シート状等の形状を有し、炭素6員環で形成された二次元的構造を有するものをいう。該炭素6員環で形成された二次元的構造は炭素シートといってもよい。グラフェン化合物は官能基を有してもよい。またグラフェン化合物は屈曲した形状を有することが好ましい。またグラフェン化合物は丸まってカーボンナノファイバーのようになっていてもよい。 In this specification, graphene compounds refer to graphene, multilayer graphene, multigraphene, graphene oxide, multilayer graphene oxide, multilayer graphene oxide, reduced graphene oxide, reduced multilayer graphene oxide, reduced multilayer graphene oxide, graphene Including quantum dots, etc. A graphene compound refers to a compound that contains carbon, has a shape such as a flat plate or a sheet, and has a two-dimensional structure formed of a six-membered carbon ring. The two-dimensional structure formed by the six-membered carbon ring may be called a carbon sheet. The graphene compound may have a functional group. Further, it is preferable that the graphene compound has a bent shape. Further, the graphene compound may be curled into a shape similar to carbon nanofibers.
また活物質層は導電材として銅、ニッケル、アルミニウム、銀、金などの金属粉末または金属繊維、導電性セラミックス材料等を有してもよい。 Further, the active material layer may have a metal powder or metal fiber such as copper, nickel, aluminum, silver, or gold, a conductive ceramic material, or the like as a conductive material.
活物質層の総量に対する導電材の含有量は、1wt%以上10wt%以下が好ましく、1wt%以上5wt%以下がより好ましい。 The content of the conductive material relative to the total amount of the active material layer is preferably 1 wt% or more and 10 wt% or less, and more preferably 1 wt% or more and 5 wt% or less.
活物質と点接触するカーボンブラック等の粒状の導電材と異なり、グラフェン化合物は接触抵抗の低い面接触を可能とするものであるから、通常の導電材よりも少量で粒状の活物質とグラフェン化合物との電気伝導性を向上させることができる。よって、活物質の活物質層における比率を増加させることができる。これにより、電池の放電容量を増加させることができる。 Unlike granular conductive materials such as carbon black, which make point contact with the active material, graphene compounds enable surface contact with low contact resistance. It is possible to improve electrical conductivity with Therefore, the ratio of active material in the active material layer can be increased. Thereby, the discharge capacity of the battery can be increased.
カーボンブラック、黒鉛、等の粒子状の炭素含有化合物または、カーボンナノチューブ等の繊維状の炭素含有化合物は微小な空間に入りやすい。微小な空間とは例えば、複数の活物質の間の領域等を指す。微小な空間に入りやすい炭素含有化合物と、複数の粒子にわたって導電性を付与できるグラフェンなどのシート状の炭素含有化合物と、を組み合わせて使用することにより、電極の密度を高め、優れた導電パスを形成することができる。本発明の一態様の作製方法で得られる電池は、体積あたりにおいて高容量密度を有し、かつ安定性を備えることができ、車載用の電池として有効である。 Particulate carbon-containing compounds such as carbon black and graphite, or fibrous carbon-containing compounds such as carbon nanotubes, easily enter minute spaces. The minute space refers to, for example, a region between a plurality of active materials. By using a combination of carbon-containing compounds that can easily enter tiny spaces and sheet-like carbon-containing compounds such as graphene that can impart conductivity across multiple particles, we can increase electrode density and create excellent conductive paths. can be formed. A battery obtained by the manufacturing method of one embodiment of the present invention has a high capacity density per volume, can be stable, and is effective as a vehicle-mounted battery.
<集電体>
集電体として、ステンレス、金、白金、亜鉛、鉄、銅、アルミニウム、チタン等の金属、及びこれらの合金など、導電性の高く、リチウム等のキャリアイオンと合金化しない材料を用いることができる。集電体は、シート状、網状、パンチングメタル状、エキスパンドメタル状等の形状を適宜用いることができる。
<Current collector>
As the current collector, materials that have high conductivity and do not alloy with carrier ions such as lithium, such as metals such as stainless steel, gold, platinum, zinc, iron, copper, aluminum, and titanium, and alloys thereof, can be used. . The current collector may have a sheet-like shape, a net-like shape, a punched metal shape, an expanded metal shape, or the like as appropriate.
また、集電体として樹脂集電体を用いることができる。樹脂集電体として、例えばポリオレフィン(ポリプロピレン、ポリエチレン等)、ナイロン(ポリアミド)、ポリイミド、ビニロン、ポリエステル、アクリル、ポリウレタン等の樹脂と、粒子状又は繊維状の導電性材料(導電性フィラーとも呼ぶ)を有する樹脂集電体を用いることができる。 Furthermore, a resin current collector can be used as the current collector. As a resin current collector, for example, a resin such as polyolefin (polypropylene, polyethylene, etc.), nylon (polyamide), polyimide, vinylon, polyester, acrylic, polyurethane, and a particulate or fibrous conductive material (also called a conductive filler) are used. A resin current collector having the following can be used.
樹脂集電体が有する導電性材料として、導電性炭素材料及び、アルミニウム、チタン、ステンレス、金、白金、亜鉛、鉄、銅、等の金属材料の何れか一または複数を用いることができる。導電性炭素材料として例えば、アセチレンブラック、およびファーネスブラックなどのカーボンブラック、人造黒鉛、および天然黒鉛などの黒鉛、カーボンナノファイバー、およびカーボンナノチューブなどの炭素繊維、グラフェンならびにグラフェン化合物、のいずれか一種又は二種以上を用いることができる。なお、樹脂集電体を正極集電体として用いる場合は、ヒンダードフェノール系材料等の酸化防止剤を更に有することが好ましい。 As the conductive material of the resin current collector, one or more of a conductive carbon material and a metal material such as aluminum, titanium, stainless steel, gold, platinum, zinc, iron, copper, etc. can be used. Examples of the conductive carbon material include carbon black such as acetylene black and furnace black, graphite such as artificial graphite and natural graphite, carbon fibers such as carbon nanofibers and carbon nanotubes, graphene, and graphene compounds. Two or more types can be used. In addition, when using a resin current collector as a positive electrode current collector, it is preferable to further contain an antioxidant such as a hindered phenol-based material.
炭素繊維としては、例えばメソフェーズピッチ系炭素繊維、等方性ピッチ系炭素繊維等の炭素繊維を用いることができる。また炭素繊維として、カーボンナノファイバーまたはカーボンナノチューブなどを用いることができる。カーボンナノチューブは、例えば気相成長法などで作製することができる。 As the carbon fiber, carbon fibers such as mesophase pitch carbon fiber and isotropic pitch carbon fiber can be used. Furthermore, carbon nanofibers, carbon nanotubes, or the like can be used as the carbon fibers. Carbon nanotubes can be produced, for example, by a vapor phase growth method.
なお、樹脂集電体が有する導電性材料の粒径として、平均粒子径が10nm以上10μm以下とすることができ、30nm以上5μm以下であることが好ましい。 Note that the average particle size of the conductive material included in the resin current collector can be 10 nm or more and 10 μm or less, and preferably 30 nm or more and 5 μm or less.
集電体は、厚みが5μm以上30μm以下のものを用いるとよい。 The current collector preferably has a thickness of 5 μm or more and 30 μm or less.
なお負極集電体は、リチウム等のキャリアイオンと合金化しない材料を用いることが好ましい。 Note that it is preferable to use a material that does not form an alloy with carrier ions such as lithium for the negative electrode current collector.
[正極]
正極は、正極活物質層及び正極集電体を有する。正極活物質層は正極活物質を有し、さらに導電材及びバインダの少なくとも一を有していてもよい。なお、正極集電体、導電材、及びバインダは、[負極]で説明したものを用いることができる。
[Positive electrode]
The positive electrode has a positive electrode active material layer and a positive electrode current collector. The positive electrode active material layer includes a positive electrode active material and may further include at least one of a conductive material and a binder. Note that as the positive electrode current collector, conductive material, and binder, those explained in [Negative electrode] can be used.
集電体は、例えば金属箔を用いることができる。正極は、金属箔上にスラリーを塗布して乾燥させることによって形成することができる。なお、乾燥後にプレスを加えてもよい。正極は、集電体上に活物質層を形成したものである。 For example, metal foil can be used as the current collector. The positive electrode can be formed by applying a slurry onto a metal foil and drying it. Note that pressing may be applied after drying. The positive electrode has an active material layer formed on a current collector.
スラリーとは、集電体上に活物質層を形成するために用いる材料液であり、活物質とバインダと溶媒を含有し、好ましくはさらに導電材を混合させたものを指している。なお、スラリーは、電極用スラリーまたは活物質スラリーと呼ばれることもあり、正極活物質層を形成する場合には正極用スラリーと呼ばれることもある。 The slurry is a material liquid used to form an active material layer on a current collector, and includes an active material, a binder, and a solvent, and is preferably further mixed with a conductive material. Note that the slurry is sometimes called an electrode slurry or an active material slurry, and when forming a positive electrode active material layer, it is also called a positive electrode slurry.
<正極活物質>
正極活物質として、層状岩塩型構造の複合酸化物、オリビン型構造の複合酸化物、およびスピネル型構造の複合酸化物の何れか一以上を用いることができる。
<Cathode active material>
As the positive electrode active material, any one or more of a composite oxide with a layered rock salt type structure, a composite oxide with an olivine type structure, and a composite oxide with a spinel type structure can be used.
層状岩塩型構造の複合酸化物として、コバルト酸リチウム、ニッケル−コバルト−マンガン酸リチウム、ニッケル−コバルト−アルミニウム酸リチウム、およびニッケル−マンガン−アルミニウム酸リチウムのうちのいずれか一または複数を用いることができる。なお、組成式としてLiM1O(M1はニッケル、コバルト、マンガン、アルミニウムから選ばれる一以上)と示すことができるが、組成式の係数は整数に限られない。 As the composite oxide with a layered rock salt type structure, one or more of lithium cobalt oxide, nickel-cobalt-lithium manganate, nickel-cobalt-lithium aluminate, and nickel-manganese-lithium aluminate can be used. can. Although the compositional formula can be expressed as LiM1O 2 (M1 is one or more selected from nickel, cobalt, manganese, and aluminum), the coefficients of the compositional formula are not limited to integers.
コバルト酸リチウムとして例えば、マグネシウム及びフッ素が添加されたコバルト酸リチウムを用いることができる。また、マグネシウム、フッ素、アルミニウム及びニッケルが添加されたコバルト酸リチウムを用いることが好ましい。 As the lithium cobalt oxide, for example, lithium cobalt oxide to which magnesium and fluorine are added can be used. Moreover, it is preferable to use lithium cobalt oxide to which magnesium, fluorine, aluminum, and nickel are added.
ニッケル−コバルト−マンガン酸リチウムとして例えば、ニッケル:コバルト:マンガン=1:1:1、ニッケル:コバルト:マンガン=6:2:2、ニッケル:コバルト:マンガン=8:1:1、およびニッケル:コバルト:マンガン=9:0.5:0.5等の比率のニッケル−コバルト−マンガン酸リチウムを用いることができる。また、上記のニッケル−コバルト−マンガン酸リチウムとして例えば、アルミニウム、カルシウム、バリウム、ストロンチウム、ガリウムの何れか一又は複数が添加されたニッケル−コバルト−マンガン酸リチウムを用いることが好ましい。 Examples of nickel-cobalt-lithium manganate include nickel:cobalt:manganese=1:1:1, nickel:cobalt:manganese=6:2:2, nickel:cobalt:manganese=8:1:1, and nickel:cobalt. Nickel-cobalt-lithium manganate having a ratio such as :manganese=9:0.5:0.5 can be used. Further, as the above-mentioned nickel-cobalt-lithium manganate, it is preferable to use, for example, nickel-cobalt-lithium manganate to which one or more of aluminum, calcium, barium, strontium, and gallium is added.
オリビン型構造の複合酸化物として、リン酸鉄リチウム、リン酸マンガンリチウム、リン酸コバルトリチウム、およびリン酸鉄マンガンリチウムのうちのいずれか一または複数を用いることができる。なお、組成式としてLiM2PO(M2は、鉄、マンガン、コバルトから選ばれる一以上)と示すことができるが、組成式の係数は整数に限られない。 As the composite oxide having an olivine structure, one or more of lithium iron phosphate, lithium manganese phosphate, lithium cobalt phosphate, and lithium iron manganese phosphate can be used. Although the compositional formula can be expressed as LiM2PO4 (M2 is one or more selected from iron, manganese, and cobalt), the coefficients of the compositional formula are not limited to integers.
また、LiMn等のスピネル型構造の複合酸化物としてを用いることができる。 Further, a composite oxide having a spinel structure such as LiMn 2 O 4 can be used.
[電解質]
電解質の例について、以下に説明する。電解質の一つの形態として、溶媒と、溶媒に溶解した電解質と、を有する液状の電解質(電解液ともいう)を用いることができる。電解質は、常温で液体である液体電解質(電解液)に限定されず、固体電解質を用いることも可能である。または、常温で液体である液体電解質と、常温で固体である固体電解質の双方を含む電解質(半固体の電解質)を用いることも可能である。なお、曲げることのできる電池に固体電解質または半固体電解質を用いる場合、電池内部の積層体の一部に電解質を有する構造とすることで、電池の柔軟性を保つことが可能である。
[Electrolytes]
Examples of electrolytes are explained below. As one form of the electrolyte, a liquid electrolyte (also referred to as an electrolytic solution) that includes a solvent and an electrolyte dissolved in the solvent can be used. The electrolyte is not limited to a liquid electrolyte (electrolyte solution) that is liquid at room temperature, and a solid electrolyte may also be used. Alternatively, it is also possible to use an electrolyte (semi-solid electrolyte) containing both a liquid electrolyte that is liquid at room temperature and a solid electrolyte that is solid at room temperature. Note that when a solid electrolyte or a semi-solid electrolyte is used in a bendable battery, the flexibility of the battery can be maintained by having a structure in which a part of the stack inside the battery includes the electrolyte.
二次電池に液状の電解質を用いる場合、例えば、エチレンカーボネート(EC)、プロピレンカーボネート(PC)、ブチレンカーボネート、クロロエチレンカーボネート、ビニレンカーボネート、γ−ブチロラクトン、γ−バレロラクトン、ジメチルカーボネート(DMC)、ジエチルカーボネート(DEC)、エチルメチルカーボネート(EMC)、ギ酸メチル、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、プロピオン酸メチル、プロピオン酸エチル、プロピオン酸プロピル、酪酸メチル、1,3−ジオキサン、1,4−ジオキサン、ジメトキシエタン(DME)、ジメチルスルホキシド、ジエチルエーテル、メチルジグライム、アセトニトリル、ベンゾニトリル、テトラヒドロフラン、スルホラン、スルトン等のうちの1種、又はこれらのうちの2種以上を任意の組み合わせおよび比率で用いることができる。 When using a liquid electrolyte in a secondary battery, for example, ethylene carbonate (EC), propylene carbonate (PC), butylene carbonate, chloroethylene carbonate, vinylene carbonate, γ-butyrolactone, γ-valerolactone, dimethyl carbonate (DMC), Diethyl carbonate (DEC), ethyl methyl carbonate (EMC), methyl formate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, methyl propionate, ethyl propionate, propyl propionate, methyl butyrate, 1,3-dioxane, 1,4-dioxane, dimethoxy One or more of ethane (DME), dimethyl sulfoxide, diethyl ether, methyl diglyme, acetonitrile, benzonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, sulfolane, sultone, etc., or two or more of these may be used in any combination and ratio. can.
また、電解質の溶媒として、難燃性および難揮発性であるイオン液体(常温溶融塩)を一つ又は複数用いることで、二次電池の内部領域短絡または、過充電等によって内部領域温度が上昇しても、二次電池の破裂または発火などを防ぐことができる。イオン液体は、カチオンとアニオンからなり、有機カチオンとアニオンとを含む。有機カチオンとして、四級アンモニウムカチオン、三級スルホニウムカチオン、および四級ホスホニウムカチオン等の脂肪族オニウムカチオン、ならびにイミダゾリウムカチオン、およびピリジニウムカチオン等の芳香族カチオンが挙げられる。また、アニオンとして、1価のアミド系アニオン、1価のメチド系アニオン、フルオロスルホン酸アニオン、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸アニオン、テトラフルオロボレートアニオン、パーフルオロアルキルボレートアニオン、ヘキサフルオロホスフェートアニオン、またはパーフルオロアルキルホスフェートアニオン等が挙げられる。 In addition, by using one or more flame-retardant and non-volatile ionic liquids (room-temperature molten salts) as the electrolyte solvent, the internal temperature of the secondary battery may increase due to short circuits or overcharging. This can prevent the secondary battery from exploding or catching fire. Ionic liquids are composed of cations and anions, and include organic cations and anions. Examples of organic cations include aliphatic onium cations such as quaternary ammonium cations, tertiary sulfonium cations, and quaternary phosphonium cations, and aromatic cations such as imidazolium cations and pyridinium cations. In addition, as the anion, monovalent amide anion, monovalent methide anion, fluorosulfonic acid anion, perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid anion, tetrafluoroborate anion, perfluoroalkylborate anion, hexafluorophosphate anion, or perfluorophosphate anion, Examples include alkyl phosphate anions.
本発明の一態様の二次電池は例えば、リチウムイオン、ナトリウムイオン、カリウムイオンなどのアルカリ金属イオン、カルシウムイオン、ストロンチウムイオン、バリウムイオン、ベリリウムイオン、マグネシウムイオンなどのアルカリ土類金属イオンをキャリアイオンとして有する。 For example, the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention uses alkali metal ions such as lithium ions, sodium ions, and potassium ions, and alkaline earth metal ions such as calcium ions, strontium ions, barium ions, beryllium ions, and magnesium ions as carrier ions. have as.
キャリアイオンとしてリチウムイオンを用いる場合には例えば、電解質はリチウム塩を含む。リチウム塩として例えば、LiPF、LiClO、LiAsF、LiBF、LiAlCl、LiSCN、LiBr、LiI、LiSO、Li10Cl10、Li12Cl12、LiCFSO、LiCSO、LiC(CFSO、LiC(CSO、LiN(CFSO、LiN(CSO)(CFSO)、LiN(CSO等を用いることができる。 For example, when using lithium ions as carrier ions, the electrolyte contains a lithium salt. Examples of lithium salts include LiPF 6 , LiClO 4 , LiAsF 6 , LiBF 4 , LiAlCl 4 , LiSCN, LiBr, LiI, Li 2 SO 4 , Li 2 B 10 Cl 10 , Li 2 B 12 Cl 12 , LiCF 3 SO 3 , LiC4F9SO3 , LiC ( CF3SO2 ) 3 , LiC ( C2F5SO2 ) 3 , LiN( CF3SO2 ) 2 , LiN( C4F9SO2 ) ( CF3SO2 ) ), LiN(C 2 F 5 SO 2 ) 2 , etc. can be used.
一例として本実施の形態で説明する有機溶媒は、エチレンカーボネート(EC)と、エチルメチルカーボネート(EMC)と、ジメチルカーボネート(DMC)と、を含み、これらエチレンカーボネート、エチルメチルカーボネート、及びジメチルカーボネートの総量を100vol%としたとき、前記エチレンカーボネート、前記エチルメチルカーボネート、及び前記ジメチルカーボネートの体積比が、x:y:100−x−y(ただし、5≦x≦35であり、0<y<65である。)であるものを用いることができる。より具体的には、ECと、EMCと、DMCと、を、EC:EMC:DMC=30:35:35(体積比)で含んだ有機溶媒を用いることができる。 As an example, the organic solvent described in this embodiment includes ethylene carbonate (EC), ethyl methyl carbonate (EMC), and dimethyl carbonate (DMC). When the total amount is 100 vol%, the volume ratio of the ethylene carbonate, the ethyl methyl carbonate, and the dimethyl carbonate is x:y:100-x-y (5≦x≦35, 0<y< 65) can be used. More specifically, an organic solvent containing EC, EMC, and DMC in a ratio of EC:EMC:DMC=30:35:35 (volume ratio) can be used.
また、電解液は、粒状のごみ、または電解液の構成元素以外の元素(以下、単に「不純物」ともいう。)の含有量が少なく、高純度化されていることが好ましい。具体的には、電解液に対する不純物の重量比を1%以下、好ましくは0.1%以下、より好ましくは0.01%以下とすることが好ましい。 Further, it is preferable that the electrolytic solution has a low content of particulate dust or elements other than the constituent elements of the electrolytic solution (hereinafter also simply referred to as "impurities") and is highly purified. Specifically, it is preferable that the weight ratio of impurities to the electrolytic solution is 1% or less, preferably 0.1% or less, and more preferably 0.01% or less.
また、安全性向上等を目的として、電極(活物質層)と電解液との界面に被膜(Solid Electrolyte Interphase)を形成するため、電解液に対し、ビニレンカーボネート(VC)、プロパンスルトン(PS)、tert−ブチルベンゼン(TBB)、フルオロエチレンカーボネート(FEC)、リチウムビス(オキサレート)ボレート(LiBOB)、またはスクシノニトリルもしくはアジポニトリルのジニトリル化合物の添加剤を添加してもよい。添加剤の濃度は、例えば溶媒に対して0.1wt%以上5wt%以下とすればよい。 In addition, in order to form a film (Solid Electrolyte Interface) at the interface between the electrode (active material layer) and the electrolyte solution for the purpose of improving safety, vinylene carbonate (VC), propane sultone (PS) is added to the electrolyte solution. , tert-butylbenzene (TBB), fluoroethylene carbonate (FEC), lithium bis(oxalate)borate (LiBOB), or dinitrile compounds of succinonitrile or adiponitrile may be added. The concentration of the additive may be, for example, 0.1 wt% or more and 5 wt% or less based on the solvent.
また電解質が、ゲル化が可能な高分子材料を有することで、漏液性等に対する安全性が高まる。ゲル化される高分子材料の代表例としては、シリコーンゲル、アクリルゲル、アクリロニトリルゲル、ポリエチレンオキサイド系ゲル、ポリプロピレンオキサイド系ゲル、フッ素系ポリマーのゲル等がある。 Further, since the electrolyte includes a polymeric material that can be gelled, safety against leakage and the like is increased. Typical examples of polymeric materials to be gelled include silicone gel, acrylic gel, acrylonitrile gel, polyethylene oxide gel, polypropylene oxide gel, and fluoropolymer gel.
高分子材料としては、例えばポリエチレンオキシド(PEO)などのポリアルキレンオキシド構造を有するポリマー、PVDF、およびポリアクリロニトリル等、ならびにそれらを含む共重合体等を用いることができる。例えばPVDFとヘキサフルオロプロピレン(HFP)の共重合体であるPVDF−HFPを用いることができる。また、形成される高分子は、多孔質形状を有してもよい。 As the polymer material, for example, polymers having a polyalkylene oxide structure such as polyethylene oxide (PEO), PVDF, polyacrylonitrile, and copolymers containing them can be used. For example, PVDF-HFP, which is a copolymer of PVDF and hexafluoropropylene (HFP), can be used. Moreover, the polymer formed may have a porous shape.
[セパレータ]
電解質が電解液を含む場合、正極と負極の間にセパレータを配置する。セパレータとしては、例えば、紙をはじめとするセルロースを有する繊維、不織布、ガラス繊維、セラミックス、或いはナイロン(ポリアミド)、ビニロン(ポリビニルアルコール系繊維)、ポリエステル、アクリル、ポリオレフィン、ポリウレタンを用いた合成繊維等で形成されたものを用いることができる。セパレータは袋状に加工し、正極または負極のいずれか一方を包むように配置することが好ましい。
[Separator]
When the electrolyte contains an electrolytic solution, a separator is placed between the positive electrode and the negative electrode. As a separator, for example, fibers containing cellulose such as paper, nonwoven fabrics, glass fibers, ceramics, synthetic fibers using nylon (polyamide), vinylon (polyvinyl alcohol fiber), polyester, acrylic, polyolefin, polyurethane, etc. It is possible to use one formed of . It is preferable that the separator is processed into a bag shape and arranged so as to surround either the positive electrode or the negative electrode.
セパレータは多層構造であってもよい。例えばポリプロピレン、ポリエチレン等の有機材料フィルムに、セラミック系材料、フッ素系材料、ポリアミド系材料、またはこれらを混合したもの等をコートすることができる。セラミック系材料としては、例えば酸化アルミニウム粒子、酸化シリコン粒子等を用いることができる。フッ素系材料としては、例えばPVDF、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン等を用いることができる。ポリアミド系材料としては、例えばナイロン、アラミド(メタ系アラミド、パラ系アラミド)等を用いることができる。 The separator may have a multilayer structure. For example, a film of an organic material such as polypropylene or polyethylene can be coated with a ceramic material, a fluorine material, a polyamide material, or a mixture thereof. As the ceramic material, for example, aluminum oxide particles, silicon oxide particles, etc. can be used. As the fluorine-based material, for example, PVDF, polytetrafluoroethylene, etc. can be used. As the polyamide material, for example, nylon, aramid (meta-aramid, para-aramid), etc. can be used.
セラミック系材料をコートすると耐酸化性が向上するため、高電圧充放電の際のセパレータの劣化を抑制し、二次電池の信頼性を向上させることができる。またフッ素系材料をコートするとセパレータと電極が密着しやすくなり、出力特性を向上させることができる。ポリアミド系材料、特にアラミドをコートすると、耐熱性が向上するため、二次電池の安全性を向上させることができる。 Coating with a ceramic material improves oxidation resistance, so it is possible to suppress deterioration of the separator during high voltage charging and discharging and improve the reliability of the secondary battery. Furthermore, coating with a fluorine-based material makes it easier for the separator and electrode to come into close contact with each other, thereby improving output characteristics. Coating with a polyamide-based material, especially aramid, improves heat resistance, thereby improving the safety of the secondary battery.
例えば、ポリプロピレンのフィルムの両面に酸化アルミニウムとアラミドの混合材料をコートしてもよい。また、ポリプロピレンのフィルムの、正極と接する面に酸化アルミニウムとアラミドの混合材料をコートし、負極と接する面にフッ素系材料をコートしてもよい。 For example, a polypropylene film may be coated on both sides with a mixed material of aluminum oxide and aramid. Alternatively, the surface of the polypropylene film in contact with the positive electrode may be coated with a mixed material of aluminum oxide and aramid, and the surface in contact with the negative electrode may be coated with a fluorine-based material.
多層構造のセパレータを用いると、セパレータ全体の厚さが薄くても二次電池の安全性を保つことができるため、二次電池の体積あたりの容量を大きくすることができる。 When a separator with a multilayer structure is used, the safety of the secondary battery can be maintained even if the overall thickness of the separator is thin, so that the capacity per volume of the secondary battery can be increased.
[外装体]
二次電池が有する外装体としては、例えばアルミニウムなどの金属材料または樹脂材料を用いることができる。また、フィルム状の外装体を用いることもできる。フィルムとしては、例えばポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、ポリカーボネート、アイオノマー、ポリアミド等の材料からなる膜上に、アルミニウム、ステンレス、銅、ニッケル等の可撓性に優れた金属薄膜を設け、さらに該金属薄膜上に外装体の外面としてポリアミド系樹脂、ポリエステル系樹脂等の絶縁性合成樹脂膜を設けた三層構造のフィルムを用いることができる。
[Exterior body]
As the exterior body of the secondary battery, a metal material such as aluminum or a resin material can be used, for example. Moreover, a film-like exterior body can also be used. As a film, for example, a highly flexible metal thin film such as aluminum, stainless steel, copper, or nickel is provided on a film made of a material such as polyethylene, polypropylene, polycarbonate, ionomer, or polyamide, and an exterior coating is further applied on the metal thin film. A three-layered film having an insulating synthetic resin film such as polyamide resin or polyester resin can be used as the outer surface of the body.
本実施の形態に示す構成、方法などは、他の実施の形態に示す構成、方法などと適宜組み合わせて用いることができる。 The structure, method, etc. shown in this embodiment can be used in appropriate combination with the structures, methods, etc. shown in other embodiments.
(実施の形態3)
本実施の形態では、蓄電装置10が有する電池の形状の例を説明する。
(Embodiment 3)
In this embodiment, an example of the shape of a battery included in power storage device 10 will be described.
[コイン型二次電池]
コイン型の二次電池の一例について説明する。図16Aはコイン型(単層偏平型)の二次電池の分解斜視図であり、図16Bは、外観図であり、図16Cは、その断面図である。コイン型の二次電池は主に小型の電子機器に用いられる。
[Coin type secondary battery]
An example of a coin-shaped secondary battery will be described. FIG. 16A is an exploded perspective view of a coin-shaped (single-layer flat type) secondary battery, FIG. 16B is an external view, and FIG. 16C is a cross-sectional view thereof. Coin-shaped secondary batteries are mainly used in small electronic devices.
なお、図16Aでは、わかりやすくするために部材の重なり(上下関係、及び位置関係)がわかるように模式図としている。従って図16Aと図16Bは完全に一致する対応図とはしていない。 Note that, in order to make it easier to understand, FIG. 16A is a schematic diagram so that the overlapping (vertical relationship and positional relationship) of members can be seen. Therefore, FIGS. 16A and 16B are not completely corresponding diagrams.
図16Aでは、正極304、セパレータ310、負極307、スペーサ322、ワッシャー312を重ねている。これらを負極缶302と正極缶301とガスケットで封止している。なお、図16Aにおいて、封止のためのガスケットは図示していない。スペーサ322、ワッシャー312は、正極缶301と負極缶302を圧着する際に、内部を保護または缶内の位置を固定するために用いられている。スペーサ322、ワッシャー312はステンレスまたは絶縁材料を用いる。 In FIG. 16A, a positive electrode 304, a separator 310, a negative electrode 307, a spacer 322, and a washer 312 are stacked. These are sealed with a negative electrode can 302 and a positive electrode can 301 with a gasket. Note that a gasket for sealing is not shown in FIG. 16A. The spacer 322 and the washer 312 are used to protect the inside or fix the position inside the can when the positive electrode can 301 and the negative electrode can 302 are crimped together. The spacer 322 and washer 312 are made of stainless steel or an insulating material.
正極集電体305上に正極活物質層306が形成された積層構造を正極304としている。 A positive electrode 304 has a laminated structure in which a positive electrode active material layer 306 is formed on a positive electrode current collector 305 .
図16Bは、完成したコイン型の二次電池の斜視図である。 FIG. 16B is a perspective view of the completed coin-shaped secondary battery.
コイン型の二次電池300は、正極端子を兼ねた正極缶301と負極端子を兼ねた負極缶302とが、ポリプロピレン等で形成されたガスケット303で絶縁シールされている。正極304は、正極集電体305と、これと接するように設けられた正極活物質層306により形成される。また、負極307は、負極集電体308と、これに接するように設けられた負極活物質層309により形成される。また、負極307は、積層構造に限定されず、リチウム金属箔またはリチウムとアルミニウムの合金箔を用いてもよい。 In the coin-shaped secondary battery 300, a positive electrode can 301 that also serves as a positive electrode terminal and a negative electrode can 302 that also serves as a negative electrode terminal are insulated and sealed with a gasket 303 made of polypropylene or the like. The positive electrode 304 is formed by a positive electrode current collector 305 and a positive electrode active material layer 306 provided in contact with the positive electrode current collector 305 . Further, the negative electrode 307 is formed of a negative electrode current collector 308 and a negative electrode active material layer 309 provided in contact with the negative electrode current collector 308. Further, the negative electrode 307 is not limited to a laminated structure, and lithium metal foil or lithium-aluminum alloy foil may be used.
なお、コイン型の二次電池300に用いる正極304及び負極307は、それぞれ活物質層は片面のみに形成すればよい。 Note that the positive electrode 304 and the negative electrode 307 used in the coin-shaped secondary battery 300 may each have an active material layer formed only on one side.
正極缶301、負極缶302には、電解液に対して耐食性のあるニッケル、アルミニウム、チタン等の金属、若しくはこれらの合金又はこれらと他の金属との合金(例えばステンレス鋼等)を用いることができる。また、電解液などによる腐食を防ぐため、ニッケルまたはアルミニウム等を被覆することが好ましい。正極缶301は正極304と、負極缶302は負極307とそれぞれ電気的に接続する。 For the positive electrode can 301 and the negative electrode can 302, metals such as nickel, aluminum, titanium, etc., which are corrosion resistant to electrolyte, or alloys thereof, or alloys of these and other metals (for example, stainless steel, etc.) can be used. can. Further, in order to prevent corrosion caused by electrolyte, etc., it is preferable to coat with nickel, aluminum, or the like. The positive electrode can 301 is electrically connected to the positive electrode 304, and the negative electrode can 302 is electrically connected to the negative electrode 307.
これら負極307、正極304及びセパレータ310を電解液に浸し、図16Cに示すように、正極缶301を下にして正極304、セパレータ310、負極307、負極缶302をこの順で積層し、正極缶301と負極缶302とをガスケット303を介して圧着してコイン形の二次電池300を製造する。コイン型の二次電池300において、正極缶301を正極端子、負極缶302を負極端子と呼ぶことができる。 These negative electrode 307, positive electrode 304, and separator 310 are immersed in an electrolytic solution, and as shown in FIG. 16C, the positive electrode 304, separator 310, negative electrode 307, and negative electrode can 302 are stacked in this order with the positive electrode can 301 facing down. 301 and a negative electrode can 302 are crimped together via a gasket 303 to produce a coin-shaped secondary battery 300. In the coin-shaped secondary battery 300, the positive electrode can 301 can be called a positive electrode terminal, and the negative electrode can 302 can be called a negative electrode terminal.
上記の構成を有することで、且つ、放電容量が高く、且つ、サイクル特性に優れたコイン型の二次電池300とすることができる。 By having the above configuration, it is possible to obtain a coin-shaped secondary battery 300 that has a high discharge capacity and excellent cycle characteristics.
[円筒型二次電池]
円筒型の二次電池の例について図17Aを参照して説明する。円筒型の二次電池616は、図17Aに示すように、上面に正極キャップ(電池蓋)601を有し、側面及び底面に電池缶(外装缶)602を有している。これら正極キャップ601と電池缶(外装缶)602とは、ガスケット(絶縁パッキン)610によって絶縁されている。円筒型の二次電池616において、正極キャップ601を正極端子、電池缶602を負極端子と呼ぶことができる。
[Cylindrical secondary battery]
An example of a cylindrical secondary battery will be described with reference to FIG. 17A. As shown in FIG. 17A, the cylindrical secondary battery 616 has a positive electrode cap (battery lid) 601 on the top surface and a battery can (exterior can) 602 on the side and bottom surfaces. These positive electrode cap 601 and battery can (exterior can) 602 are insulated by a gasket (insulating packing) 610. In the cylindrical secondary battery 616, the positive electrode cap 601 can be called a positive electrode terminal, and the battery can 602 can be called a negative electrode terminal.
図17Bは、円筒型の二次電池の断面を模式的に示した図である。図17Bに示す円筒型の二次電池は、上面に正極キャップ(電池蓋)601を有し、側面及び底面に電池缶(外装缶)602を有している。これら正極キャップと電池缶(外装缶)602とは、ガスケット(絶縁パッキン)610によって絶縁されている。 FIG. 17B is a diagram schematically showing a cross section of a cylindrical secondary battery. The cylindrical secondary battery shown in FIG. 17B has a positive electrode cap (battery lid) 601 on the top surface and a battery can (exterior can) 602 on the side and bottom surfaces. These positive electrode caps and the battery can (exterior can) 602 are insulated by a gasket (insulating packing) 610.
中空円柱状の電池缶602の内側には、帯状の正極604と負極606とがセパレータ605を間に挟んで捲回された電池素子が設けられている。図示しないが、電池素子は中心軸を中心に捲回されている。電池缶602は、一端が閉じられ、他端が開いている。電池缶602には、電解液に対して耐腐食性のあるニッケル、アルミニウム、チタン等の金属、又はこれらの合金、これらと他の金属との合金(例えば、ステンレス鋼等)を用いることができる。また、電解液による腐食を防ぐため、ニッケル及びアルミニウム等を電池缶602に被覆することが好ましい。電池缶602の内側において、正極、負極及びセパレータが捲回された電池素子は、対向する一対の絶縁板608、絶縁板609により挟まれている。また、電池素子が設けられた電池缶602の内部は、非水電解液(図示せず)が注入されている。非水電解液は、コイン型の二次電池と同様のものを用いることができる。 A battery element is provided inside the hollow cylindrical battery can 602, in which a band-shaped positive electrode 604 and a negative electrode 606 are wound with a separator 605 in between. Although not shown, the battery element is wound around a central axis. The battery can 602 has one end closed and the other end open. For the battery can 602, metals such as nickel, aluminum, titanium, etc., which are corrosion resistant to electrolyte, or alloys thereof, or alloys of these and other metals (for example, stainless steel, etc.) can be used. . Further, in order to prevent corrosion caused by the electrolyte, it is preferable to coat the battery can 602 with nickel, aluminum, or the like. Inside the battery can 602, a battery element in which a positive electrode, a negative electrode, and a separator are wound is sandwiched between a pair of opposing insulating plates 608 and 609. Furthermore, a non-aqueous electrolyte (not shown) is injected into the inside of the battery can 602 in which the battery element is provided. As the non-aqueous electrolyte, the same one as a coin-type secondary battery can be used.
円筒型の蓄電池に用いる正極及び負極は捲回するため、集電体の両面に活物質を形成することが好ましい。 Since the positive electrode and negative electrode used in a cylindrical storage battery are wound, it is preferable to form an active material on both sides of the current collector.
正極604には正極端子(正極集電リード)603が接続され、負極606には負極端子(負極集電リード)607が接続される。正極端子603及び負極端子607は、ともにアルミニウムなどの金属材料を用いることができる。正極端子603は安全弁機構613に、負極端子607は電池缶602の底にそれぞれ抵抗溶接される。安全弁機構613は、PTC素子(Positive Temperature Coefficient)611を介して正極キャップ601と電気的に接続されている。安全弁機構613は電池の内圧の上昇が所定の閾値を超えた場合に、正極キャップ601と正極604との電気的な接続を切断するものである。また、PTC素子611は温度が上昇した場合に抵抗が増大する熱感抵抗素子であり、抵抗の増大により電流量を制限して異常発熱を防止するものである。PTC素子には、チタン酸バリウム(BaTiO)系半導体セラミックス等を用いることができる。 A positive electrode terminal (positive electrode current collector lead) 603 is connected to the positive electrode 604, and a negative electrode terminal (negative electrode current collector lead) 607 is connected to the negative electrode 606. Both the positive electrode terminal 603 and the negative electrode terminal 607 can be made of a metal material such as aluminum. The positive terminal 603 and the negative terminal 607 are resistance welded to the safety valve mechanism 613 and the bottom of the battery can 602, respectively. The safety valve mechanism 613 is electrically connected to the positive electrode cap 601 via a PTC element (Positive Temperature Coefficient) 611. The safety valve mechanism 613 disconnects the electrical connection between the positive electrode cap 601 and the positive electrode 604 when the increase in the internal pressure of the battery exceeds a predetermined threshold value. Further, the PTC element 611 is a heat-sensitive resistance element whose resistance increases when the temperature rises, and the increase in resistance limits the amount of current to prevent abnormal heat generation. Barium titanate (BaTiO 3 )-based semiconductor ceramics or the like can be used for the PTC element.
図17Cは蓄電モジュール615の一例を示す。蓄電モジュール615は複数の二次電池616を有する。それぞれの二次電池の正極は、導電体624に接触し、電気的に接続されている。また、それぞれの二次電池の負極は、導電体625に接触し、電気的に接続されている。そのため、導電体624のことを蓄電装置(組電池)の正極端子と呼ぶことができ、導電体625のことを蓄電装置(組電池)の負極端子と呼ぶことができる。導電体624は配線623を介して、制御回路620に電気的に接続されている。また、導電体625は、配線626を介して制御回路620に電気的に接続されている。制御回路620として、充放電などを行う充放電制御回路、または過充電もしくは/及び過放電を防止する保護回路を適用することができる。また、制御回路620は外部端子629及び外部端子630を有する。 FIG. 17C shows an example of the power storage module 615. Power storage module 615 has a plurality of secondary batteries 616. The positive electrode of each secondary battery contacts the conductor 624 and is electrically connected. Further, the negative electrode of each secondary battery is in contact with the conductor 625 and is electrically connected. Therefore, the conductor 624 can be called the positive terminal of the power storage device (battery assembly), and the conductor 625 can be called the negative terminal of the power storage device (battery pack). The conductor 624 is electrically connected to the control circuit 620 via the wiring 623. Furthermore, the conductor 625 is electrically connected to the control circuit 620 via wiring 626. As the control circuit 620, a charging/discharging control circuit that performs charging and discharging, or a protection circuit that prevents overcharging and/or overdischarging can be applied. Further, the control circuit 620 has an external terminal 629 and an external terminal 630.
図17Dは、蓄電モジュール615の一例を示す。蓄電モジュール615は複数の二次電池616を有し、複数の二次電池616は、導電板628(導電板628A、導電板628B)及び導電板614(導電板614A、導電板614B)の間に挟まれている。複数の二次電池616は、配線627により導電板628及び導電板614と電気的に接続される。複数の二次電池616は、並列接続されていてもよいし、直列接続されていてもよいし、並列に接続された後さらに直列に接続されていてもよい。複数の二次電池616を有する蓄電モジュール615を構成することで、大きな電力を取り出すことができる。なお、複数の二次電池616を蓄電装置、または組電池、と呼ぶことができる。このとき、導電板628及び導電板614の中で、最も電位の高い導電板のことを、蓄電装置の正極端子、または組電池の正極端子と呼ぶことができる。また、導電板628及び導電板614の中で、最も電位の低い導電板のことを、蓄電装置の負極端子、または組電池の負極端子と呼ぶことができる。 FIG. 17D shows an example of the power storage module 615. The power storage module 615 has a plurality of secondary batteries 616, and the plurality of secondary batteries 616 are arranged between a conductive plate 628 (conductive plate 628A, conductive plate 628B) and a conductive plate 614 (conductive plate 614A, conductive plate 614B). It's caught in between. The plurality of secondary batteries 616 are electrically connected to a conductive plate 628 and a conductive plate 614 by wiring 627. The plurality of secondary batteries 616 may be connected in parallel, connected in series, or connected in parallel and then further connected in series. By configuring a power storage module 615 having a plurality of secondary batteries 616, a large amount of electric power can be extracted. Note that the plurality of secondary batteries 616 can be called a power storage device or an assembled battery. At this time, the conductive plate with the highest potential among the conductive plates 628 and 614 can be called the positive terminal of the power storage device or the positive terminal of the assembled battery. Further, among the conductive plates 628 and 614, the conductive plate with the lowest potential can be called the negative terminal of the power storage device or the negative terminal of the assembled battery.
また、複数の二次電池616の間に温度制御装置を有していてもよい。二次電池616が過熱されたときは、温度制御装置により冷却し、二次電池616が冷えすぎているときは温度制御装置により加温することができる。そのため蓄電モジュール615の性能が外気温に影響されにくくなる。 Further, a temperature control device may be provided between the plurality of secondary batteries 616. When the secondary battery 616 is overheated, it can be cooled by the temperature control device, and when the secondary battery 616 is too cold, it can be heated by the temperature control device. Therefore, the performance of power storage module 615 is less affected by the outside temperature.
また、図17Dにおいて、蓄電モジュール615は制御回路620に配線621及び配線622を介して電気的に接続されている。配線621は導電板628を介して複数の二次電池616の正極に、配線622は導電板614を介して複数の二次電池616の負極に、それぞれ電気的に接続される。また、制御回路620は外部端子629及び外部端子630を有する。 Further, in FIG. 17D, the power storage module 615 is electrically connected to the control circuit 620 via wiring 621 and wiring 622. The wiring 621 is electrically connected to the positive electrodes of the plurality of secondary batteries 616 via the conductive plate 628, and the wiring 622 is electrically connected to the negative electrodes of the plurality of secondary batteries 616 via the conductive plate 614. Further, the control circuit 620 has an external terminal 629 and an external terminal 630.
[二次電池の他の構造例]
二次電池の構造例について図18及び図19を用いて説明する。
[Other structural examples of secondary batteries]
A structural example of a secondary battery will be described using FIGS. 18 and 19.
図18Aに示す二次電池913は、筐体930の内部に端子951と端子952が設けられた捲回体950を有する。捲回体950は、筐体930の内部で電解液中に浸される。端子952は、筐体930に接し、端子951は、絶縁材などを用いることにより筐体930に接していない。なお、図18Aでは、便宜のため、筐体930を分離して図示しているが、実際は、捲回体950が筐体930に覆われ、端子951及び端子952が筐体930の外に延在している。筐体930としては、金属材料(例えばアルミニウムなど)又は樹脂材料を用いることができる。 A secondary battery 913 shown in FIG. 18A includes a wound body 950 in which a terminal 951 and a terminal 952 are provided inside a housing 930. The wound body 950 is immersed in the electrolyte inside the housing 930. The terminal 952 is in contact with the housing 930, and the terminal 951 is not in contact with the housing 930 by using an insulating material or the like. Note that in FIG. 18A, the housing 930 is shown separated for convenience, but in reality, the wound body 950 is covered by the housing 930, and the terminals 951 and 952 extend outside the housing 930. There is. As the housing 930, a metal material (for example, aluminum) or a resin material can be used.
なお、図18Bに示すように、図18Aに示す筐体930を複数の材料によって形成してもよい。例えば、図18Bに示す二次電池913は、筐体930aと筐体930bが貼り合わされており、筐体930a及び筐体930bで囲まれた領域に捲回体950が設けられている。 Note that, as shown in FIG. 18B, the housing 930 shown in FIG. 18A may be formed of a plurality of materials. For example, in the secondary battery 913 shown in FIG. 18B, a housing 930a and a housing 930b are bonded together, and a wound body 950 is provided in an area surrounded by the housing 930a and the housing 930b.
筐体930aとしては、有機樹脂など、絶縁材料を用いることができる。特に、アンテナが形成される面に有機樹脂などの材料を用いることにより、二次電池913による電界の遮蔽を抑制できる。なお、筐体930aによる電界の遮蔽が小さければ、筐体930aの内部にアンテナを設けてもよい。筐体930bとしては、例えば金属材料を用いることができる。 As the housing 930a, an insulating material such as organic resin can be used. In particular, by using a material such as an organic resin on the surface where the antenna is formed, shielding of the electric field by the secondary battery 913 can be suppressed. Note that if the shielding of the electric field by the housing 930a is small, an antenna may be provided inside the housing 930a. For example, a metal material can be used as the housing 930b.
さらに、捲回体950の構造について図18Cに示す。捲回体950は、負極931と、正極932と、セパレータ933と、を有する。捲回体950は、セパレータ933を挟んで負極931と、正極932が重なり合って積層され、該積層シートを捲回させた捲回体である。なお、負極931と、正極932と、セパレータ933と、の積層を、さらに複数重ねてもよい。 Furthermore, the structure of the wound body 950 is shown in FIG. 18C. The wound body 950 includes a negative electrode 931, a positive electrode 932, and a separator 933. The wound body 950 is a wound body in which a negative electrode 931 and a positive electrode 932 are stacked on top of each other with a separator 933 in between, and the laminated sheet is wound. Note that a plurality of layers of the negative electrode 931, the positive electrode 932, and the separator 933 may be stacked.
また、図19に示すような捲回体950aを有する二次電池913としてもよい。図19Aに示す捲回体950aは、負極931と、正極932と、セパレータ933と、を有する。負極931は負極活物質層931aを有する。正極932は正極活物質層932aを有する。 Further, a secondary battery 913 having a wound body 950a as shown in FIG. 19 may be used. A wound body 950a shown in FIG. 19A includes a negative electrode 931, a positive electrode 932, and a separator 933. The negative electrode 931 has a negative electrode active material layer 931a. The positive electrode 932 has a positive electrode active material layer 932a.
セパレータ933は、負極活物質層931a及び正極活物質層932aよりも広い幅を有し、負極活物質層931a及び正極活物質層932aと重畳するように捲回されている。また正極活物質層932aよりも負極活物質層931aの幅が広いことが安全性の点で好ましい。またこのような形状の捲回体950aは安全性及び生産性がよく好ましい。 The separator 933 has a width wider than the negative electrode active material layer 931a and the positive electrode active material layer 932a, and is wound so as to overlap with the negative electrode active material layer 931a and the positive electrode active material layer 932a. Further, from the viewpoint of safety, it is preferable that the width of the negative electrode active material layer 931a is wider than that of the positive electrode active material layer 932a. Further, the wound body 950a having such a shape is preferable because it has good safety and productivity.
図19Bに示すように、負極931は、超音波接合、溶接、または圧着により端子951と電気的に接続される。端子951は端子911aと電気的に接続される。また正極932は、超音波接合、溶接、または圧着により端子952と電気的に接続される。端子952は端子911bと電気的に接続される。 As shown in FIG. 19B, the negative electrode 931 is electrically connected to the terminal 951 by ultrasonic bonding, welding, or crimping. Terminal 951 is electrically connected to terminal 911a. Further, the positive electrode 932 is electrically connected to the terminal 952 by ultrasonic bonding, welding, or crimping. Terminal 952 is electrically connected to terminal 911b.
図19Cに示すように、筐体930により捲回体950a及び電解液が覆われ、二次電池913となる。筐体930には安全弁、過電流保護素子等を設けることが好ましい。安全弁は、電池破裂を防止するため、筐体930の内部が所定の内圧で開放する弁である。 As shown in FIG. 19C, the wound body 950a and the electrolyte are covered by the casing 930, forming a secondary battery 913. It is preferable that the housing 930 is provided with a safety valve, an overcurrent protection element, and the like. The safety valve is a valve that opens the inside of the casing 930 at a predetermined internal pressure in order to prevent the battery from exploding.
図19Bに示すように二次電池913は複数の捲回体950aを有していてもよい。複数の捲回体950aを用いることで、より放電容量の大きい二次電池913とすることができる。図19A及び図19Bに示す二次電池913の他の要素は、図18A乃至図18Cに示す二次電池913の記載を参酌することができる。 As shown in FIG. 19B, the secondary battery 913 may have a plurality of wound bodies 950a. By using a plurality of wound bodies 950a, the secondary battery 913 can have a larger discharge capacity. For other elements of the secondary battery 913 shown in FIGS. 19A and 19B, the description of the secondary battery 913 shown in FIGS. 18A to 18C can be referred to.
<ラミネート型二次電池>
次に、ラミネート型の二次電池の例について、外観図の一例を図20A及び図20Bに示す。図20A及び図20Bは、正極503、負極506、セパレータ507、外装体509、正極リード電極510、及び負極リード電極511を有する。正極リード電極510のうち、二次電池の外部に露出している部分を正極端子と呼ぶことができ、また負極リード電極511のうち、二次電池の外部に露出している部分を負極端子と呼ぶことができる。
<Laminated secondary battery>
Next, an example of an external view of an example of a laminate type secondary battery is shown in FIGS. 20A and 20B. 20A and 20B have a positive electrode 503, a negative electrode 506, a separator 507, an exterior body 509, a positive lead electrode 510, and a negative lead electrode 511. The part of the positive lead electrode 510 that is exposed to the outside of the secondary battery can be called a positive terminal, and the part of the negative lead electrode 511 that is exposed to the outside of the secondary battery can be called a negative terminal. You can call.
図21Aは正極503及び負極506の外観図を示す。正極503は正極集電体501を有し、正極活物質層502は正極集電体501の表面に形成されている。また、正極503は正極集電体501が一部露出する領域(以下、タブ領域という)を有する。負極506は負極集電体504を有し、負極活物質層505は負極集電体504の表面に形成されている。また、負極506は負極集電体504が一部露出する領域、すなわちタブ領域を有する。なお、正極及び負極が有するタブ領域の面積または形状は、図21Aに示す例に限られない。 FIG. 21A shows an external view of the positive electrode 503 and the negative electrode 506. The positive electrode 503 has a positive electrode current collector 501 , and the positive electrode active material layer 502 is formed on the surface of the positive electrode current collector 501 . Further, the positive electrode 503 has a region (hereinafter referred to as a tab region) where the positive electrode current collector 501 is partially exposed. The negative electrode 506 has a negative electrode current collector 504 , and the negative electrode active material layer 505 is formed on the surface of the negative electrode current collector 504 . Further, the negative electrode 506 has a region where the negative electrode current collector 504 is partially exposed, that is, a tab region. Note that the area or shape of the tab regions of the positive electrode and the negative electrode are not limited to the example shown in FIG. 21A.
<ラミネート型二次電池の作製方法>
図20Aに外観図を示すラミネート型二次電池の作製方法の一例について、図21B及び図21Cを用いて説明する。
<Method for manufacturing a laminated secondary battery>
An example of a method for manufacturing a laminated secondary battery whose appearance is shown in FIG. 20A will be described with reference to FIGS. 21B and 21C.
まず、負極506、セパレータ507及び正極503を積層する。図21Bに積層された負極506、セパレータ507及び正極503を示す。ここでは負極を5組、正極を4組使用する例を示す。負極とセパレータと正極からなる積層体とも呼べる。次に、正極503のタブ領域同士の接合と、最表面の正極のタブ領域への正極リード電極510の接合を行う。接合には、例えば超音波溶接等を用いればよい。同様に、負極506のタブ領域同士の接合と、最表面の負極のタブ領域への負極リード電極511の接合を行う。 First, a negative electrode 506, a separator 507, and a positive electrode 503 are stacked. FIG. 21B shows the stacked negative electrode 506, separator 507, and positive electrode 503. Here, an example is shown in which five sets of negative electrodes and four sets of positive electrodes are used. It can also be called a laminate consisting of a negative electrode, a separator, and a positive electrode. Next, the tab regions of the positive electrodes 503 are joined together, and the positive lead electrode 510 is joined to the tab region of the outermost positive electrode. For example, ultrasonic welding or the like may be used for joining. Similarly, the tab regions of the negative electrodes 506 are bonded to each other, and the negative lead electrode 511 is bonded to the tab region of the outermost negative electrode.
次に、外装体509上に、負極506、セパレータ507及び正極503を配置する。 Next, a negative electrode 506, a separator 507, and a positive electrode 503 are placed on the exterior body 509.
次に、図21Cに示すように、外装体509を破線で示した部分で折り曲げる。その後、外装体509の外周部を接合する。接合には例えば熱圧着等を用いればよい。この時、後に電解液を入れることができるように、外装体509の一部(または一辺)に接合されない領域(以下、導入口という)を設ける。 Next, as shown in FIG. 21C, the exterior body 509 is bent at the portion indicated by the broken line. After that, the outer peripheral portion of the exterior body 509 is joined. For example, thermocompression bonding or the like may be used for joining. At this time, a region (hereinafter referred to as an inlet) that is not joined is provided in a part (or one side) of the exterior body 509 so that the electrolyte can be introduced later.
次に、外装体509に設けられた導入口から、電解液を外装体509の内側へ導入する。電解液の導入は、減圧雰囲気下、或いは不活性雰囲気下で行うことが好ましい。そして最後に、導入口を接合する。このようにして、ラミネート型の二次電池500を作製することができる。 Next, the electrolytic solution is introduced into the interior of the exterior body 509 through an inlet provided in the exterior body 509 . The electrolytic solution is preferably introduced under a reduced pressure atmosphere or an inert atmosphere. Finally, connect the inlet. In this way, a laminate type secondary battery 500 can be manufactured.
[電池パックの例]
アンテナを用いて無線充電が可能な本発明の一態様の二次電池パックの例について、図22を用いて説明する。
[Example of battery pack]
An example of a secondary battery pack according to one embodiment of the present invention that can be wirelessly charged using an antenna will be described with reference to FIG. 22.
図22Aは、二次電池パック531の外観を示す図であり、厚さの薄い直方体形状(厚さのある平板形状とも呼べる)である。図22Bは、二次電池パック531の構成を説明する図である。二次電池パック531は、回路基板540と、二次電池513と、を有する。二次電池513には、ラベル529が貼られている。回路基板540は、シール515により固定されている。また、二次電池パック531は、アンテナ517を有する。 FIG. 22A is a diagram showing the appearance of the secondary battery pack 531, which has a thin rectangular parallelepiped shape (also called a thick flat plate shape). FIG. 22B is a diagram illustrating the configuration of the secondary battery pack 531. The secondary battery pack 531 includes a circuit board 540 and a secondary battery 513. A label 529 is attached to the secondary battery 513. Circuit board 540 is fixed by seal 515. Further, the secondary battery pack 531 has an antenna 517.
二次電池513の内部は、捲回体を有する構造にしてもよいし、積層体を有する構造にしてもよい。 The inside of the secondary battery 513 may have a structure having a wound body or a structure having a laminated body.
二次電池パック531において、例えば図22Bに示すように、回路基板540上に制御回路590を有する。また、回路基板540は、端子514と電気的に接続されている。また回路基板540は、アンテナ517、二次電池513の正極リード及び負極リードの一方551、正極リード及び負極リードの他方552と電気的に接続される。なお、正極リードを正極端子、負極リードを負極端子と呼ぶことがある。 The secondary battery pack 531 includes a control circuit 590 on a circuit board 540, for example, as shown in FIG. 22B. Further, the circuit board 540 is electrically connected to the terminal 514. Further, the circuit board 540 is electrically connected to the antenna 517, one of the positive and negative leads 551, and the other 552 of the positive and negative leads of the secondary battery 513. Note that the positive electrode lead is sometimes called a positive electrode terminal, and the negative electrode lead is sometimes called a negative electrode terminal.
二次電池パック531において、二次電池513及び制御回路590の構成として、実施の形態1で説明した蓄電モジュール100等の構成を用いることができる。 In secondary battery pack 531, as the configuration of secondary battery 513 and control circuit 590, the configuration of power storage module 100 and the like described in Embodiment 1 can be used.
または、図22Cに示すように、回路基板540上に設けられる回路システム590aと、端子514を介して回路基板540に電気的に接続される回路システム590bと、を有してもよい。なお、端子514は複数の端子を有しており、高電位端子(図1Bにおける外部端子51)と低電位端子(図1Bにおける外部端子52)を少なくとも有する。 Alternatively, as shown in FIG. 22C, it may include a circuit system 590a provided on the circuit board 540 and a circuit system 590b electrically connected to the circuit board 540 via the terminal 514. Note that the terminal 514 has a plurality of terminals, and includes at least a high potential terminal (external terminal 51 in FIG. 1B) and a low potential terminal (external terminal 52 in FIG. 1B).
なお、アンテナ517はコイル状に限定されず、例えば線状、板状であってもよい。また、平面アンテナ、開口面アンテナ、進行波アンテナ、EHアンテナ、磁界アンテナ、誘電体アンテナ等のアンテナを用いてもよい。又は、アンテナ517は、平板状の導体でもよい。この平板状の導体は、電界結合用の導体の一つとして機能することができる。つまり、コンデンサの有する2つの導体のうちの一つの導体として、アンテナ517を機能させてもよい。これにより、電磁界、磁界だけでなく、電界で電力のやり取りを行うこともできる。 Note that the antenna 517 is not limited to a coil shape, and may be, for example, a wire shape or a plate shape. Further, antennas such as a planar antenna, an aperture antenna, a traveling wave antenna, an EH antenna, a magnetic field antenna, and a dielectric antenna may be used. Alternatively, the antenna 517 may be a flat conductor. This flat conductor can function as one of the conductors for electric field coupling. In other words, the antenna 517 may function as one of the two conductors of the capacitor. This allows power to be exchanged not only by electromagnetic and magnetic fields but also by electric fields.
二次電池パック531は、アンテナ517と、二次電池513との間に層519を有する。層519は、例えば二次電池513による電磁界を遮蔽することができる機能を有する。層519としては、例えば磁性体を用いることができる。 Secondary battery pack 531 has a layer 519 between antenna 517 and secondary battery 513. The layer 519 has a function of shielding an electromagnetic field from the secondary battery 513, for example. As the layer 519, for example, a magnetic material can be used.
(実施の形態4)
本実施の形態では、本発明の一態様の二次電池を有する車両の例を示す。本実施の形態で説明する二次電池及び制御回路において、実施の形態1で説明した蓄電モジュール100等の構成を用いることができる。
(Embodiment 4)
In this embodiment, an example of a vehicle including a secondary battery according to one embodiment of the present invention will be described. In the secondary battery and control circuit described in this embodiment, the configuration of power storage module 100 and the like described in Embodiment 1 can be used.
車両として、代表的には自動車に二次電池を適用することができる。自動車としては、ハイブリッド車(HV)、電気自動車(EV)、又はプラグインハイブリッド車(PHEVまたはPHVともいう)等の次世代クリーンエネルギー自動車を挙げることができ、自動車に搭載する電源の一つとして二次電池を適用することができる。車両は自動車に限定されない。例えば、車両としては、電車、モノレール、船、潜水艇(深海探査艇、無人潜水艇)、飛行体(ヘリコプター、無人航空機(ドローン)、飛行機、ロケット、人工衛星)、電動自転車、電動バイクなども挙げることができ、これらの車両に本発明の一態様の二次電池を適用することができる。 As a vehicle, a secondary battery can typically be applied to an automobile. Examples of automobiles include next-generation clean energy vehicles such as hybrid vehicles (HV), electric vehicles (EV), and plug-in hybrid vehicles (PHEV or PHV). A secondary battery can be applied. Vehicles are not limited to automobiles. For example, vehicles include trains, monorails, ships, submersibles (deep sea exploration vehicles, unmanned submarines), flying vehicles (helicopters, unmanned aerial vehicles (drones), airplanes, rockets, artificial satellites), electric bicycles, electric motorcycles, etc. The secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention can be applied to these vehicles.
電気自動車には、メインの駆動用の二次電池として第1の蓄電装置1301a、1301bと、モータ1304を始動させるインバータ1312に電力を供給する第2の蓄電装置1311が設置されている。第2の蓄電装置1311はクランキングバッテリ(スターターバッテリとも呼ばれる)とも呼ばれる。第2の蓄電装置1311は高出力できればよく、大容量はそれほど必要とされず、第2の蓄電装置1311の容量は第1の蓄電装置1301a、1301bと比較して小さい。 The electric vehicle is installed with first power storage devices 1301a and 1301b as main drive secondary batteries, and a second power storage device 1311 that supplies power to an inverter 1312 that starts a motor 1304. The second power storage device 1311 is also called a cranking battery (also called a starter battery). The second power storage device 1311 only needs to have a high output, and a large capacity is not required, and the capacity of the second power storage device 1311 is smaller than that of the first power storage devices 1301a and 1301b.
第1の蓄電装置1301aの内部構造は、図18Cまたは図19Aに示した捲回型であってもよいし、図20Aまたは図20Bに示した積層型であってもよい。また、第1の蓄電装置1301aは、全固体電池を用いてもよい。第1の蓄電装置1301aに全固体電池を用いることで高容量とすることができ、安全性が向上し、小型化、軽量化することができる。 The internal structure of the first power storage device 1301a may be a wound type shown in FIG. 18C or FIG. 19A, or a stacked type shown in FIG. 20A or 20B. Further, an all-solid-state battery may be used for the first power storage device 1301a. By using an all-solid-state battery for the first power storage device 1301a, it is possible to increase the capacity, improve safety, and reduce the size and weight of the first power storage device 1301a.
本実施の形態では、第1の蓄電装置1301a、1301bを2つ並列に接続させている例を示しているが3つ以上並列に接続させてもよい。また、第1の蓄電装置1301aで十分な電力を貯蔵できるのであれば、第1の蓄電装置1301bはなくてもよい。蓄電装置は複数の二次電池を有する電池パックを構成することで、大きな電力を取り出すことができる。複数の二次電池は、並列接続されていてもよいし、直列接続されていてもよいし、並列に接続された後、さらに直列に接続されていてもよい。複数の二次電池を組電池とも呼ぶ。 In this embodiment, an example is shown in which two first power storage devices 1301a and 1301b are connected in parallel, but three or more may be connected in parallel. Furthermore, if the first power storage device 1301a can store sufficient power, the first power storage device 1301b may not be necessary. A power storage device can extract a large amount of electric power by configuring a battery pack having a plurality of secondary batteries. A plurality of secondary batteries may be connected in parallel, may be connected in series, or may be connected in parallel and then further connected in series. A plurality of secondary batteries is also called an assembled battery.
また、車載用の二次電池において、複数の二次電池からの電力を遮断するため、工具を使わずに高電圧を遮断できるサービスプラグまたはサーキットブレーカを有しており、第1の蓄電装置1301aに設けられる。 In addition, in order to cut off power from multiple secondary batteries in a vehicle-mounted secondary battery, the first power storage device 1301a has a service plug or a circuit breaker that can cut off high voltage without using tools. established in
また、第1の蓄電装置1301a、1301bの電力は、主にモータ1304を回転させることに使用されるが、DCDC回路1306を介して42V系の車載部品(電動パワステ1307、ヒータ1308、デフォッガ1309など)に電力を供給する。後輪にリアモータ1317を有している場合にも、第1の蓄電装置1301aがリアモータ1317を回転させることに使用される。 In addition, the electric power of the first power storage devices 1301a and 1301b is mainly used to rotate the motor 1304, but it is also used for 42V-based in-vehicle components (electric power steering 1307, heater 1308, defogger 1309, etc.) via a DCDC circuit 1306. ). Even when the rear wheel has a rear motor 1317, the first power storage device 1301a is used to rotate the rear motor 1317.
また、第2の蓄電装置1311は、DCDC回路1310を介して14V系の車載部品(オーディオ1313、パワーウィンドウ1314、ランプ類1315など)に電力を供給する。 Further, the second power storage device 1311 supplies power to 14V vehicle components (audio 1313, power window 1314, lamps 1315, etc.) via the DCDC circuit 1310.
次に、第1の蓄電装置1301aについて、図23Aを用いて説明する。 Next, the first power storage device 1301a will be described using FIG. 23A.
図23Aでは9個の角型二次電池1300を一つの蓄電モジュール1415としている例を示している。また、9個の角型二次電池1300を直列接続し、一方の電極を絶縁体からなる固定部1413で固定し、もう一方の電極を絶縁体からなる固定部1414で固定している。本実施の形態では固定部1413、1414で固定する例を示しているが電池収容ボックス(筐体とも呼ぶ)に収納させる構成としてもよい。車両は外部(路面など)から振動または揺れが加えられることを想定されているため、固定部1413、1414または、電池収容ボックスなどで複数の二次電池を固定することが好ましい。また、一方の電極は配線1421によって制御回路部1320に電気的に接続されている。またもう一方の電極は配線1422によって制御回路部1320に電気的に接続されている。第1の蓄電装置1301aにおいて、配線1421または配線1422と接続される電極のうち、電位の高い方を第1の蓄電装置1301aの正極端子と呼ぶことができ、電位の低い方を第1の蓄電装置1301aの負極端子と呼ぶことができる。制御回路部1320は、外部接続端子1325、及び外部接続端子1326を有する。 FIG. 23A shows an example in which nine square secondary batteries 1300 are used as one power storage module 1415. Further, nine prismatic secondary batteries 1300 are connected in series, one electrode is fixed by a fixing part 1413 made of an insulator, and the other electrode is fixed by a fixing part 1414 made of an insulator. Although this embodiment shows an example in which the battery is fixed using the fixing parts 1413 and 1414, it may also be configured to be housed in a battery housing box (also referred to as a housing). Since it is assumed that a vehicle is subjected to vibrations or shaking from the outside (road surface, etc.), it is preferable to fix the plurality of secondary batteries using fixing parts 1413, 1414, a battery housing box, or the like. Further, one electrode is electrically connected to the control circuit section 1320 by a wiring 1421. The other electrode is electrically connected to the control circuit section 1320 by a wiring 1422. In the first power storage device 1301a, of the electrodes connected to the wiring 1421 or the wiring 1422, the one with a higher potential can be called the positive terminal of the first power storage device 1301a, and the one with a lower potential can be called the positive terminal of the first power storage device 1301a. It can be called the negative terminal of device 1301a. The control circuit section 1320 has an external connection terminal 1325 and an external connection terminal 1326.
また、制御回路部1320は、酸化物半導体を用いたトランジスタを含むメモリ回路を用いてもよい。酸化物半導体を用いたトランジスタを含むメモリ回路を有する充電制御回路、又は電池制御システムを、BTOS(Battery operating system、又はBattery oxide semiconductor)と呼称する場合がある。 Further, the control circuit section 1320 may use a memory circuit including a transistor using an oxide semiconductor. A charging control circuit or a battery control system having a memory circuit including a transistor using an oxide semiconductor may be referred to as a BTOS (Battery operating system or Battery oxide semiconductor).
酸化物半導体として機能する金属酸化物を用いることが好ましい。例えば、金属酸化物として、In−M−Zn酸化物(元素Mは、アルミニウム、ガリウム、イットリウム、銅、バナジウム、ベリリウム、ホウ素、チタン、鉄、ニッケル、ゲルマニウム、ジルコニウム、モリブデン、ランタン、セリウム、ネオジム、ハフニウム、タンタル、タングステン、又はマグネシウム等から選ばれた一種、又は複数種)等の金属酸化物を用いるとよい。特に、金属酸化物として適用できるIn−M−Zn酸化物は、CAAC−OS(C−Axis Aligned Crystal Oxide Semiconductor)、CAC−OS(Cloud−Aligned Composite Oxide Semiconductor)であることが好ましい。また、金属酸化物として、In−Ga酸化物、In−Zn酸化物を用いてもよい。CAAC−OSは、複数の結晶領域を有し、当該複数の結晶領域はc軸が特定の方向に配向している酸化物半導体である。なお、特定の方向とは、CAAC−OS膜の厚さ方向、CAAC−OS膜の被形成面の法線方向、またはCAAC−OS膜の表面の法線方向である。また、結晶領域とは、原子配列に周期性を有する領域である。なお、原子配列を格子配列とみなすと、結晶領域とは、格子配列の揃った領域でもある。 It is preferable to use a metal oxide that functions as an oxide semiconductor. For example, as a metal oxide, In-M-Zn oxide (element M is aluminum, gallium, yttrium, copper, vanadium, beryllium, boron, titanium, iron, nickel, germanium, zirconium, molybdenum, lanthanum, cerium, neodymium) , hafnium, tantalum, tungsten, or one or more selected from magnesium, etc.) may be used. In particular, In-M-Zn oxides that can be applied as metal oxides are CAAC-OS (C-Axis Aligned Crystal Oxide Semiconductor), CAC-OS (Cloud-Aligned Composite Oxide) Semiconductor) is preferable. Further, as the metal oxide, an In-Ga oxide or an In-Zn oxide may be used. CAAC-OS is an oxide semiconductor that has a plurality of crystal regions, and the c-axes of the plurality of crystal regions are oriented in a specific direction. Note that the specific direction is the thickness direction of the CAAC-OS film, the normal direction to the surface on which the CAAC-OS film is formed, or the normal direction to the surface of the CAAC-OS film. Further, a crystal region is a region having periodicity in atomic arrangement. Note that if the atomic arrangement is regarded as a lattice arrangement, a crystal region is also a region with a uniform lattice arrangement.
なお、「CAC−OS」は、第1の領域と、第2の領域と、に材料が分離することでモザイク状となり、当該第1の領域が、膜中に分布した構成(以下、クラウド状ともいう。)である。つまり、CAC−OSは、当該第1の領域と、当該第2の領域とが、混合している構成を有する複合金属酸化物である。ただし、第1の領域と第2の領域は、明確な境界が観察困難な場合がある。 Note that "CAC-OS" has a mosaic-like structure in which the material is separated into a first region and a second region, and the first region is distributed in the film (hereinafter referred to as a cloud-like structure). ). That is, CAC-OS is a composite metal oxide having a configuration in which the first region and the second region are mixed. However, it may be difficult to observe a clear boundary between the first region and the second region.
例えば、In−Ga−Zn酸化物におけるCAC−OSでは、エネルギー分散型X線分光法(EDX:Energy Dispersive X−ray spectroscopy)を用いて取得したEDXマッピングにより、Inを主成分とする領域(第1の領域)と、Gaを主成分とする領域(第2の領域)とが、偏在し、混合している構造を有することが確認できる。 For example, in CAC-OS in In-Ga-Zn oxide, EDX mapping obtained using energy dispersive It can be confirmed that the first region) and the second region containing Ga as a main component are unevenly distributed and have a mixed structure.
CAC−OSをトランジスタに用いる場合、第1の領域に起因する導電性と、第2の領域に起因する絶縁性とが、相補的に作用することにより、スイッチングさせる機能(On/Offさせる機能)をCAC−OSに付与することができる。つまり、CAC−OSとは、材料の一部では導電性の機能と、材料の一部では絶縁性の機能とを有し、材料の全体では半導体としての機能を有する。導電性の機能と絶縁性の機能とを分離させることで、双方の機能を最大限に高めることができる。よって、CAC−OSをトランジスタに用いることで、高いオン電流(Ion)、高い電界効果移動度(μ)、及び良好なスイッチング動作を実現することができる。 When CAC-OS is used in a transistor, the conductivity caused by the first region and the insulation caused by the second region act complementary to each other, resulting in a switching function (on/off function). can be provided to the CAC-OS. In other words, in CAC-OS, a part of the material has a conductive function, a part of the material has an insulating function, and the entire material has a semiconductor function. By separating the conductive function and the insulating function, both functions can be maximized. Therefore, by using CAC-OS in a transistor, high on-current (I on ), high field-effect mobility (μ), and good switching operation can be achieved.
酸化物半導体は、多様な構造をとり、それぞれが異なる特性を有する。本発明の一態様の酸化物半導体は、非晶質酸化物半導体、多結晶酸化物半導体、a−like OS、CAC−OS、nc−OS、CAAC−OSのうち、二種以上を有していてもよい。 Oxide semiconductors have a variety of structures, each with different properties. The oxide semiconductor of one embodiment of the present invention includes two or more of an amorphous oxide semiconductor, a polycrystalline oxide semiconductor, an a-like OS, a CAC-OS, an nc-OS, and a CAAC-OS. It's okay.
また、高温環境下で使用可能であるため、制御回路部1320は酸化物半導体を用いるトランジスタを用いることが好ましい。プロセスを簡略なものとするため、制御回路部1320は単極性のトランジスタを用いて形成してもよい。半導体層に酸化物半導体を用いるトランジスタは、動作周囲温度が単結晶Siトランジスタよりも広く−40℃以上150℃以下であり、二次電池が過熱しても特性変化が単結晶Siトランジスタに比べて小さい。酸化物半導体を用いるトランジスタのオフ電流は、150℃であっても温度によらず測定下限以下であるが、単結晶Siトランジスタのオフ電流特性は、温度依存性が大きい。例えば、150℃では、単結晶Siトランジスタはオフ電流が上昇し、電流オン/オフ比が十分に大きくならない。制御回路部1320は、安全性を向上することができる。 Further, since the control circuit portion 1320 can be used in a high-temperature environment, it is preferable to use a transistor using an oxide semiconductor. In order to simplify the process, the control circuit section 1320 may be formed using unipolar transistors. Transistors that use oxide semiconductors in their semiconductor layers have a wider operating ambient temperature than single-crystal Si transistors, ranging from -40°C to 150°C, and their characteristics change even when the secondary battery overheats compared to single-crystal Si transistors. small. Although the off-state current of a transistor using an oxide semiconductor is below the measurement lower limit regardless of the temperature even at 150° C., the off-state current characteristics of a single-crystal Si transistor are highly temperature dependent. For example, at 150° C., the off-state current of a single-crystal Si transistor increases, and the current on/off ratio does not become sufficiently large. The control circuit section 1320 can improve safety.
酸化物半導体を用いたトランジスタを含むメモリ回路を用いた制御回路部1320は、マイクロショート等の不安定性の原因に対し、二次電池の自動制御装置として機能させることもできる。二次電池の不安定性の原因を解消する機能としては、過充電の防止、過電流の防止、充電時過熱制御、組電池でのセルバランス、過放電の防止、残量計、温度に応じた充電電圧及び電流量自動制御、劣化度に応じた充電電流量制御、マイクロショート異常挙動検知、マイクロショートに関する異常予測などが挙げられ、そのうちの少なくとも一つの機能を制御回路部1320が有する。また、二次電池の自動制御装置の超小型化が可能である。 The control circuit unit 1320 using a memory circuit including a transistor using an oxide semiconductor can also function as an automatic control device for a secondary battery to prevent instability such as a micro short circuit. Functions that eliminate the causes of instability in secondary batteries include overcharging prevention, overcurrent prevention, overheat control during charging, cell balance in assembled batteries, overdischarge prevention, fuel gauge, and Examples include automatic control of charging voltage and current amount, control of charging current amount according to the degree of deterioration, micro short abnormal behavior detection, abnormal prediction regarding micro short, etc., and the control circuit unit 1320 has at least one of these functions. Further, it is possible to miniaturize the automatic control device for the secondary battery.
また、「マイクロショート」とは、二次電池の内部の微小な短絡のことを指しており、二次電池の正極と負極が短絡して充放電不可能の状態になるというほどではなく、微小な短絡部でわずかに短絡電流が流れてしまう現象を指している。比較的短時間、且つ、わずかな箇所であっても大きな電圧変化が生じるため、その異常な電圧値がその後の推定に影響を与える恐れがある。 In addition, "micro short" refers to a minute short circuit inside the secondary battery, and it is not so much that the positive and negative electrodes of the secondary battery are short-circuited, making it impossible to charge or discharge, but rather a minute short circuit inside the secondary battery. This refers to the phenomenon in which a small amount of short-circuit current flows in a short-circuited part. Since a large voltage change occurs even in a relatively short period of time and at a small location, the abnormal voltage value may affect subsequent estimation.
マイクロショートの原因の一つは、充放電が複数回行われることによって、正極活物質の不均一な分布により、正極の一部と負極の一部で局所的な電流の集中が生じ、セパレータの一部が機能しなくなる箇所が発生、または副反応による副反応物の発生によりミクロな短絡が生じていると言われている。 One of the causes of micro shorts is that multiple charging and discharging cycles cause local current concentration in part of the positive electrode and part of the negative electrode due to uneven distribution of the positive electrode active material, which causes the separator to become concentrated. It is said that micro short circuits occur due to the occurrence of parts where some parts no longer function or the generation of side reactants due to side reactions.
また、マイクロショートの検知だけでなく、制御回路部1320は、二次電池の端子電圧を検知し、二次電池の充放電状態を管理するとも言える。例えば、過充電を防ぐために充電回路の出力トランジスタと遮断用スイッチの両方をほぼ同時にオフ状態とすることができる。 In addition to detecting micro-shorts, the control circuit unit 1320 can also be said to detect the terminal voltage of the secondary battery and manage the charging/discharging state of the secondary battery. For example, to prevent overcharging, both the output transistor and the cutoff switch of the charging circuit can be turned off almost simultaneously.
次に、図23Aに示す蓄電モジュール1415のブロック図の一例を図23Bに示す。 Next, FIG. 23B shows an example of a block diagram of power storage module 1415 shown in FIG. 23A.
制御回路部1320は、少なくとも過充電を防止するスイッチと、過放電を防止するスイッチを含むスイッチ部1324と、スイッチ部1324を制御する制御回路1322と、第1の蓄電装置1301aの電圧測定部と、PTC素子1332を有する。制御回路部1320は、使用する二次電池の上限電圧と下限電圧が設定されており、外部からの電流上限、または外部への出力電流の上限などを制限している。二次電池の下限電圧以上上限電圧以下の範囲内は、使用が推奨されている電圧範囲内であり、その範囲外となるとスイッチ部1324が作動し、保護回路として機能する。また、制御回路部1320は、スイッチ部1324を制御して過放電および/または過充電を防止するため、保護回路とも呼べる。例えば、過充電となりそうな電圧を制御回路1322で検知した場合にスイッチ部1324のスイッチをオフ状態とすることで電流を遮断する。さらに充放電経路中にPTC素子を設けて温度の上昇に応じて電流を遮断する機能を設けてもよい。また、制御回路部1320は、外部端子1325(+IN)と、外部端子1326(−IN)とを有している。 The control circuit unit 1320 includes a switch unit 1324 that includes at least a switch that prevents overcharging and a switch that prevents overdischarge, a control circuit 1322 that controls the switch unit 1324, and a voltage measurement unit of the first power storage device 1301a. , and a PTC element 1332. The control circuit section 1320 has an upper limit voltage and a lower limit voltage set for the secondary battery to be used, and limits the upper limit of the current from the outside or the upper limit of the output current to the outside. The range of the secondary battery's lower limit voltage to upper limit voltage is within the recommended voltage range, and when the voltage is outside of that range, the switch section 1324 is activated and functions as a protection circuit. Furthermore, the control circuit section 1320 can also be called a protection circuit because it controls the switch section 1324 to prevent over-discharging and/or over-charging. For example, when the control circuit 1322 detects a voltage that is likely to cause overcharging, the switch section 1324 is turned off to cut off the current. Furthermore, a PTC element may be provided in the charging/discharging path to provide a function of cutting off the current in response to a rise in temperature. Further, the control circuit section 1320 has an external terminal 1325 (+IN) and an external terminal 1326 (-IN).
スイッチ部1324は、nチャネル型のトランジスタまたはpチャネル型のトランジスタを組み合わせて構成することができる。スイッチ部1324は、単結晶シリコンを用いるSiトランジスタを有するスイッチに限定されず、例えば、Ge(ゲルマニウム)、SiGe(シリコンゲルマニウム)、GaAs(ガリウムヒ素)、GaAlAs(ガリウムアルミニウムヒ素)、InP(リン化インジウム)、SiC(シリコンカーバイド)、ZnSe(セレン化亜鉛)、GaN(窒化ガリウム)、GaOx(酸化ガリウム;xは0より大きい実数)などを有するパワートランジスタでスイッチ部1324を形成してもよい。また、OSトランジスタを用いた記憶素子は、Siトランジスタを用いた回路上などに積層することで自由に配置可能であるため、集積化を容易に行うことができる。またOSトランジスタは、Siトランジスタと同様の製造装置を用いて作製することが可能であるため、低コストで作製可能である。即ち、スイッチ部1324上にOSトランジスタを用いた制御回路部1320を積層し、集積化することで1チップとすることもできる。制御回路部1320の占有体積を小さくすることができるため、小型化が可能となる。 The switch portion 1324 can be configured by combining n-channel transistors or p-channel transistors. The switch section 1324 is not limited to a switch having an Si transistor using single crystal silicon, but includes, for example, Ge (germanium), SiGe (silicon germanium), GaAs (gallium arsenide), GaAlAs (gallium aluminum arsenide), InP (phosphide). The switch portion 1324 may be formed using a power transistor including indium (indium), SiC (silicon carbide), ZnSe (zinc selenide), GaN (gallium nitride), GaOx (gallium oxide; x is a real number greater than 0), or the like. Further, since a memory element using an OS transistor can be freely arranged by stacking it on a circuit using a Si transistor, it can be easily integrated. Furthermore, since an OS transistor can be manufactured using the same manufacturing equipment as a Si transistor, it can be manufactured at low cost. That is, the control circuit section 1320 using an OS transistor can be stacked on the switch section 1324 and integrated into one chip. Since the volume occupied by the control circuit section 1320 can be reduced, miniaturization is possible.
第1の蓄電装置1301a、1301bは、主に42V系(高電圧系)の車載機器に電力を供給し、第2の蓄電装置1311は14V系(低電圧系)の車載機器に電力を供給する。第2の蓄電装置1311は鉛蓄電池がコスト上有利のため採用されることが多い。鉛蓄電池はリチウムイオン電池と比べて自己放電が大きく、サルフェーションとよばれる現象により劣化しやすい欠点がある。第2の蓄電装置1311をリチウムイオン電池とすることでメンテナンスフリーとするメリットがあるが、長期間の使用、例えば3年以上となると、製造時には判別困難な異常発生が生じる恐れがある。特にインバータを起動する第2の蓄電装置1311が動作不能となると、第1の蓄電装置1301a、1301bに残容量があってもモータを起動させることができなくなることを防ぐため、第2の蓄電装置1311が鉛蓄電池の場合は、第1のバッテリから第2のバッテリに電力を供給し、常に満充電状態を維持するように充電されている。 The first power storage devices 1301a and 1301b mainly supply power to 42V system (high voltage system) in-vehicle devices, and the second power storage device 1311 supplies power to 14V system (low voltage system) in-vehicle devices. . A lead storage battery is often used as the second power storage device 1311 because it is advantageous in terms of cost. Lead-acid batteries have the disadvantage that they have greater self-discharge than lithium-ion batteries and are more susceptible to deterioration due to a phenomenon called sulfation. Using a lithium ion battery as the second power storage device 1311 has the advantage of being maintenance-free, but if it is used for a long period of time, for example three years or more, there is a risk that an abnormality that is difficult to identify at the time of manufacture may occur. In particular, when the second power storage device 1311 that starts the inverter becomes inoperable, the second power storage device When 1311 is a lead-acid battery, power is supplied from the first battery to the second battery, and the battery is charged so as to always maintain a fully charged state.
本実施の形態では、第1の蓄電装置1301aと第2の蓄電装置1311の両方にリチウムイオン電池を用いる一例を示す(図23C)。第2の蓄電装置1311は、鉛蓄電池、全固体電池、または電気二重層キャパシタを用いてもよい。例えば、全固体電池を用いてもよい。第2の蓄電装置1311に全固体電池を用いることで高容量とすることができ、小型化、軽量化することができる。 In this embodiment, an example is shown in which lithium ion batteries are used for both the first power storage device 1301a and the second power storage device 1311 (FIG. 23C). The second power storage device 1311 may use a lead-acid battery, an all-solid-state battery, or an electric double layer capacitor. For example, an all-solid-state battery may be used. By using an all-solid-state battery for the second power storage device 1311, it can have a high capacity and can be made smaller and lighter.
また、タイヤ1316の回転による回生エネルギーは、ギア1305を介してモータ1304に送られ、モータコントローラ1303、またはバッテリコントローラ1302から制御回路部1321を介して第2の蓄電装置1311に充電される。またはバッテリコントローラ1302から制御回路部1320を介して第1の蓄電装置1301aに充電される。またはバッテリコントローラ1302から制御回路部1320を介して第1の蓄電装置1301bに充電される。回生エネルギーを効率よく充電するためには、第1の蓄電装置1301a、1301bが急速充電可能であることが望ましい。 Furthermore, regenerated energy due to the rotation of the tires 1316 is sent to the motor 1304 via the gear 1305 and charged to the second power storage device 1311 from the motor controller 1303 or the battery controller 1302 via the control circuit section 1321. Alternatively, the first power storage device 1301a is charged from the battery controller 1302 via the control circuit unit 1320. Alternatively, the first power storage device 1301b is charged from the battery controller 1302 via the control circuit unit 1320. In order to efficiently charge regenerated energy, it is desirable that the first power storage devices 1301a and 1301b be capable of rapid charging.
バッテリコントローラ1302は第1の蓄電装置1301a、1301bの充電電圧及び充電電流などを設定することができる。バッテリコントローラ1302は、用いる二次電池の充電特性に合わせて充電条件を設定し、急速充電することができる。 The battery controller 1302 can set the charging voltage, charging current, etc. of the first power storage devices 1301a and 1301b. The battery controller 1302 can set charging conditions according to the charging characteristics of the secondary battery to be used and perform rapid charging.
また、図示していないが、外部の充電器と接続させる場合、充電器のコンセントまたは充電器の接続ケーブルは、バッテリコントローラ1302に電気的に接続される。外部の充電器から供給された電力はバッテリコントローラ1302を介して第1の蓄電装置1301a、1301bに充電する。また、充電器によっては、制御回路が設けられており、バッテリコントローラ1302の機能を用いない場合もあるが、過充電を防ぐため制御回路部1320を介して第1の蓄電装置1301a、1301bを充電することが好ましい。また、接続ケーブルまたは充電器の接続ケーブルに制御回路を備えている場合もある。制御回路部1320は、ECU(Electronic Control Unit)と呼ばれることもある。ECUは、電動車両に設けられたCAN(Controller Area Network)に接続される。CANは、車内LANとして用いられるシリアル通信規格の一つである。また、ECUは、マイクロコンピュータを含む。また、ECUは、CPUまたはGPUを用いる。 Although not shown, when connecting to an external charger, the outlet of the charger or the connection cable of the charger is electrically connected to the battery controller 1302. Power supplied from an external charger charges the first power storage devices 1301a and 1301b via the battery controller 1302. Also, depending on the charger, a control circuit is provided and the function of the battery controller 1302 is not used in some cases, but the first power storage devices 1301a and 1301b are charged via the control circuit section 1320 to prevent overcharging. It is preferable to do so. In some cases, the connecting cable or the connecting cable of the charger is provided with a control circuit. The control circuit section 1320 is sometimes called an ECU (Electronic Control Unit). The ECU is connected to a CAN (Controller Area Network) provided in the electric vehicle. CAN is one of the serial communication standards used as an in-vehicle LAN. Further, the ECU includes a microcomputer. Further, the ECU uses a CPU or a GPU.
充電スタンドなどに設置されている外部の充電器は、100Vコンセント−200Vコンセント、または3相200V且つ50kWなどがある。また、非接触給電方式等により外部の充電設備から電力供給を受けて、充電することもできる。 External chargers installed at charging stations and the like include 100V outlet-200V outlet, or 3-phase 200V and 50kW. It is also possible to charge the battery by receiving power from an external charging facility using a non-contact power supply method or the like.
急速充電を行う場合、短時間での充電を行うためには、高電圧での充電に耐えうる二次電池が望まれている。 When performing rapid charging, a secondary battery that can withstand charging at a high voltage is desired in order to perform charging in a short time.
また、導電材としてグラフェンを用い、電極層を厚くして担持量を高くしても容量低下を抑え、高容量を維持することが相乗効果として大幅に電気特性が向上された二次電池を実現できる。特に車両に用いる二次電池に有効であり、車両全重量に対する二次電池の重量の割合を増加させることなく、航続距離が長い、具体的には一充電走行距離が500km以上の車両を提供することができる。 In addition, by using graphene as a conductive material, the capacity decrease is suppressed even when the electrode layer is made thicker and the loading amount is increased, and the synergistic effect of maintaining high capacity has resulted in a secondary battery with significantly improved electrical characteristics. can. It is particularly effective for secondary batteries used in vehicles, and provides a vehicle with a long cruising range, specifically a cruising range of 500 km or more on one charge, without increasing the weight ratio of the secondary battery to the total vehicle weight. be able to.
次に、本発明の一態様である二次電池を車両、代表的には輸送用車両に実装する例について説明する。 Next, an example in which a secondary battery, which is one embodiment of the present invention, is mounted in a vehicle, typically a transportation vehicle, will be described.
図17D、図19C、図23Aのいずれか一に示した二次電池を車両に搭載すると、ハイブリッド車(HV)、電気自動車(EV)、又はプラグインハイブリッド車(PHV)等の次世代クリーンエネルギー自動車を実現できる。また、農業機械、電動アシスト自転車を含む原動機付自転車、自動二輪車、電動車椅子、電動カート、船舶、潜水艦、航空機、ロケット、人工衛星、宇宙探査機、惑星探査機、または宇宙船に二次電池を搭載することもできる。本発明の一態様の二次電池は高容量の二次電池とすることができる。そのため本発明の一態様の二次電池は、小型化、軽量化に適しており、輸送用車両に好適に用いることができる。 When the secondary battery shown in any one of FIG. 17D, FIG. 19C, and FIG. 23A is installed in a vehicle, next-generation clean energy such as a hybrid vehicle (HV), electric vehicle (EV), or plug-in hybrid vehicle (PHV) can be realized. A car can be realized. We also install secondary batteries in agricultural machinery, motorized bicycles including electric assist bicycles, motorcycles, electric wheelchairs, electric carts, ships, submarines, aircraft, rockets, artificial satellites, space probes, planetary probes, or spacecraft. It can also be installed. The secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention can be a high capacity secondary battery. Therefore, the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention is suitable for reduction in size and weight, and can be suitably used for transportation vehicles.
図24A乃至図24Dにおいて、本発明の一態様を用いた輸送用車両を例示する。図24Aに示す自動車2001は、走行のための動力源として電気モータを用いる電気自動車である。または、走行のための動力源として電気モータとエンジンを適宜選択して用いることが可能なハイブリッド自動車である。二次電池を車両に搭載する場合、実施の形態3で示した二次電池の一例を一箇所または複数個所に設置する。図24Aに示す自動車2001は、電池パック2200を有し、電池パックは、複数の二次電池を接続させた二次電池モジュールを有する。さらに二次電池モジュールに電気的に接続する充電制御装置を有すると好ましい。 24A-24D illustrate a transportation vehicle using one aspect of the present invention. A car 2001 shown in FIG. 24A is an electric car that uses an electric motor as a power source for driving. Alternatively, it is a hybrid vehicle that can appropriately select and use an electric motor and an engine as a power source for driving. When a secondary battery is mounted on a vehicle, the example of the secondary battery shown in Embodiment 3 is installed at one location or multiple locations. An automobile 2001 shown in FIG. 24A includes a battery pack 2200, and the battery pack includes a secondary battery module to which a plurality of secondary batteries are connected. Furthermore, it is preferable to include a charging control device electrically connected to the secondary battery module.
また、自動車2001は、自動車2001が有する二次電池にプラグイン方式または非接触給電方式等により外部の充電設備から電力供給を受けて、充電することができる。充電に際しては、充電方法またはコネクタの規格等はCHAdeMO(登録商標)またはコンボ等の所定の方式で適宜行えばよい。充電装置は、商用施設に設けられた充電ステーションでもよく、また家庭の電源であってもよい。例えば、プラグイン技術によって、外部からの電力供給により自動車2001に搭載された蓄電装置を充電することができる。充電は、ACDCコンバータ等の変換装置を介して、交流電力を直流電力に変換して行うことができる。 Further, the automobile 2001 can be charged by receiving power from an external charging facility using a plug-in method, a non-contact power supply method, or the like to a secondary battery of the automobile 2001. When charging, a predetermined charging method or connector standard such as CHAdeMO (registered trademark) or combo may be used as appropriate. The charging device may be a charging station provided at a commercial facility or may be a home power source. For example, using plug-in technology, it is possible to charge the power storage device mounted on the vehicle 2001 by supplying power from the outside. Charging can be performed by converting AC power into DC power via a conversion device such as an ACDC converter.
また、図示しないが、受電装置を車両に搭載し、地上の送電装置から電力を非接触で供給して充電することもできる。この非接触給電方式の場合には、道路または外壁に送電装置を組み込むことで、停車中に限らず走行中に充電を行うこともできる。また、この非接触給電の方式を利用して、2台の車両どうしで電力の送受電を行ってもよい。さらに、車両の外装部に太陽電池を設け、停車時または走行時に二次電池の充電を行ってもよい。このような非接触での電力の供給には、電磁誘導方式または磁界共鳴方式を用いることができる。 Although not shown, a power receiving device can be mounted on a vehicle and electrical power can be supplied from a ground power transmitting device in a non-contact manner for charging. In the case of this non-contact power supply method, by incorporating a power transmission device into the road or outside wall, charging can be performed not only while the vehicle is stopped but also while the vehicle is running. Further, electric power may be transmitted and received between two vehicles using this contactless power supply method. Furthermore, a solar cell may be provided on the exterior of the vehicle, and the secondary battery may be charged when the vehicle is stopped or traveling. For such non-contact power supply, an electromagnetic induction method or a magnetic resonance method can be used.
図24Bは、輸送用車両の一例として電気により制御するモータを有した大型の輸送車2002を示している。輸送車2002の二次電池モジュールは、例えば公称電圧3.0V以上5.0V以下の二次電池を4個セルユニットとし、48セルを直列に接続した170Vの最大電圧とする。電池パック2201の二次電池モジュールを構成する二次電池の数などが違う以外は、図24Aと同様な機能を備えているので説明は省略する。 FIG. 24B shows a large transport vehicle 2002 having an electrically controlled motor as an example of a transport vehicle. The secondary battery module of the transport vehicle 2002 has a maximum voltage of 170V, for example, in which four secondary batteries with a nominal voltage of 3.0 V or more and 5.0 V or less are connected in series, and 48 cells are connected in series. Except for the difference in the number of secondary batteries constituting the secondary battery module of the battery pack 2201, it has the same functions as those in FIG. 24A, so a description thereof will be omitted.
図24Cは、一例として電気により制御するモータを有した大型の輸送車両2003を示している。輸送車両2003の二次電池モジュールは、例えば公称電圧3.0V以上5.0V以下の電池パック2202を百個以上直列に接続した600Vの最大電圧とする。従って、特性バラツキの小さい二次電池が求められる。 FIG. 24C shows, by way of example, a large transport vehicle 2003 with an electrically controlled motor. The secondary battery module of the transportation vehicle 2003 has a maximum voltage of 600V, for example, by connecting one hundred or more battery packs 2202 in series with a nominal voltage of 3.0V or more and 5.0V or less. Therefore, a secondary battery with small variations in characteristics is required.
図24Dは、一例として燃料を燃焼するエンジンを有した航空機2004を示している。図24Dに示す航空機2004は、離着陸用の車輪を有しているため、輸送車両の一種とも言え、複数の二次電池を接続させて二次電池モジュールを構成し、二次電池モジュールと充電制御装置とを含む電池パック2203を有している。 FIG. 24D shows an example aircraft 2004 with an engine that burns fuel. Since the aircraft 2004 shown in FIG. 24D has wheels for takeoff and landing, it can be said to be a type of transportation vehicle, and a plurality of secondary batteries are connected to form a secondary battery module, and the secondary battery module and charging control are performed. It has a battery pack 2203 that includes a device.
航空機2004の二次電池モジュールは、例えば4Vの二次電池を8個直列に接続した32Vの最大電圧とする。電池パック2203の二次電池モジュールを構成する二次電池の数などが異なる以外は、図24Aと同様な機能を備えているので説明は省略する。 The secondary battery module of the aircraft 2004 has a maximum voltage of 32V, for example, by connecting eight 4V secondary batteries in series. 24A, except for the number of secondary batteries constituting the secondary battery module of the battery pack 2203, etc., are provided, so description thereof will be omitted.
図24Eは、一例として二次電池2204を備えた人工衛星2005を示している。人工衛星2005は極低温の宇宙空間で使用されるため、低温耐性に優れた本発明の一態様である二次電池2204を備えることが好ましい。また、人工衛星2005の内部において、保温部材に覆われた状態で二次電池2204が搭載されることがさらに好ましい。 FIG. 24E shows an artificial satellite 2005 equipped with a secondary battery 2204 as an example. Since the artificial satellite 2005 is used in outer space at extremely low temperatures, it is preferable to include a secondary battery 2204, which is an embodiment of the present invention and has excellent low-temperature resistance. Furthermore, it is more preferable that the secondary battery 2204 is mounted inside the artificial satellite 2005 while being covered with a heat insulating member.
(実施の形態5)
本実施の形態では、本発明の一態様である二次電池を建築物に実装する例について図25A及び図25Bを用いて説明する。本実施の形態で説明する二次電池及び制御回路において、実施の形態1で説明した蓄電モジュール100等の構成を用いることができる。
(Embodiment 5)
In this embodiment, an example in which a secondary battery, which is one embodiment of the present invention, is mounted in a building will be described with reference to FIGS. 25A and 25B. In the secondary battery and control circuit described in this embodiment, the configuration of power storage module 100 and the like described in Embodiment 1 can be used.
図25Aに示す住宅は、本発明の一態様である二次電池を有する蓄電装置2612と、ソーラーパネル2610を有する。蓄電装置2612は、ソーラーパネル2610と配線2611等を介して電気的に接続されている。また蓄電装置2612と地上設置型の充電装置2604が電気的に接続されていてもよい。ソーラーパネル2610で得た電力は、蓄電装置2612に充電することができる。また蓄電装置2612に蓄えられた電力は、充電装置2604を介して車両2603が有する二次電池に充電することができる。蓄電装置2612は、床下空間部に設置されることが好ましい。床下空間部に設置することにより、床上の空間を有効的に利用することができる。あるいは、蓄電装置2612は床上に設置されてもよい。 The house shown in FIG. 25A includes a power storage device 2612 including a secondary battery, which is one embodiment of the present invention, and a solar panel 2610. Power storage device 2612 is electrically connected to solar panel 2610 via wiring 2611 and the like. Further, the power storage device 2612 and the ground-mounted charging device 2604 may be electrically connected. Electric power obtained by the solar panel 2610 can charge the power storage device 2612. Further, the power stored in the power storage device 2612 can be charged to a secondary battery included in the vehicle 2603 via the charging device 2604. The power storage device 2612 is preferably installed in the underfloor space. By installing it in the underfloor space, the space above the floor can be used effectively. Alternatively, power storage device 2612 may be installed on the floor.
蓄電装置2612に蓄えられた電力は、住宅内の他の電子機器にも電力を供給することができる。よって、停電などにより商用電源から電力の供給が受けられない時でも、本発明の一態様に係る蓄電装置2612を無停電電源として用いることで、電子機器の利用が可能となる。 The power stored in the power storage device 2612 can also be supplied to other electronic devices in the house. Therefore, even when power cannot be supplied from a commercial power source due to a power outage or the like, electronic devices can be used by using the power storage device 2612 according to one embodiment of the present invention as an uninterruptible power source.
図25Bに、本発明の一態様に係る蓄電装置の一例を示す。図25Bに示すように、建物799の床下空間部796には、本発明の一態様に係る蓄電装置791が設置されている。 FIG. 25B shows an example of a power storage device according to one embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 25B, a power storage device 791 according to one embodiment of the present invention is installed in an underfloor space 796 of a building 799.
蓄電装置791には、制御装置790が設置されており、制御装置790は、配線によって、分電盤703と、蓄電コントローラ705(制御装置ともいう)と、表示器706と、ルータ709と、に電気的に接続されている。 A control device 790 is installed in the power storage device 791, and the control device 790 is connected to a distribution board 703, a power storage controller 705 (also referred to as a control device), a display 706, and a router 709 through wiring. electrically connected.
商業用電源701から、引込線取付部710を介して、電力が分電盤703に送られる。また、分電盤703には、蓄電装置791と、商業用電源701と、から電力が送られ、分電盤703は、送られた電力を、コンセント(図示せず)を介して、一般負荷707及び蓄電系負荷708に供給する。 Electric power is sent from a commercial power source 701 to a distribution board 703 via a drop-in line attachment section 710. Further, power is sent to the power distribution board 703 from the power storage device 791 and the commercial power source 701, and the power distribution board 703 sends the sent power to the general load through an outlet (not shown). 707 and a power storage system load 708.
一般負荷707は、例えばテレビまたはパーソナルコンピュータなどの電気機器であり、蓄電系負荷708は、例えば、電子レンジ、冷蔵庫、空調機などの電気機器である。 The general load 707 is, for example, an electrical device such as a television or a personal computer, and the power storage system load 708 is, for example, an electrical device such as a microwave oven, a refrigerator, or an air conditioner.
蓄電コントローラ705は、計測部711と、予測部712と、計画部713と、を有する。計測部711は、一日(例えば、0時から24時)の間に、一般負荷707、蓄電系負荷708で消費された電力量を計測する機能を有する。また、計測部711は、蓄電装置791の電力量と、商業用電源701から供給された電力量と、を計測する機能を有していてもよい。また、予測部712は、一日の間に一般負荷707及び蓄電系負荷708で消費された電力量に基づいて、次の一日の間に一般負荷707及び蓄電系負荷708で消費される需要電力量を予測する機能を有する。また、計画部713は、予測部712が予測した需要電力量に基づいて、蓄電装置791の充放電の計画を立てる機能を有する。 The power storage controller 705 includes a measurement section 711, a prediction section 712, and a planning section 713. The measurement unit 711 has a function of measuring the amount of power consumed by the general load 707 and the power storage system load 708 during one day (for example, from 0:00 to 24:00). Further, the measurement unit 711 may have a function of measuring the amount of power of the power storage device 791 and the amount of power supplied from the commercial power source 701. In addition, the prediction unit 712 calculates the demand for consumption by the general load 707 and the power storage system load 708 during the next day based on the amount of power consumed by the general load 707 and the power storage system load 708 during one day. It has a function to predict the amount of electricity. Furthermore, the planning unit 713 has a function of making a plan for charging and discharging the power storage device 791 based on the amount of power demand predicted by the prediction unit 712.
計測部711によって計測された一般負荷707及び蓄電系負荷708で消費された電力量は、表示器706によって確認することができる。また、ルータ709を介して、テレビまたはパーソナルコンピュータなどの電気機器において、確認することもできる。さらに、ルータ709を介して、スマートフォンまたはタブレットなどの携帯電子端末によっても確認することができる。また、表示器706、電気機器、携帯電子端末によって、予測部712が予測した時間帯ごと(または一時間ごと)の需要電力量なども確認することができる。 The amount of power consumed by the general load 707 and the power storage system load 708 measured by the measurement unit 711 can be confirmed on the display 706. Further, the information can also be confirmed in an electrical device such as a television or a personal computer via the router 709. Furthermore, the information can also be confirmed using a portable electronic terminal such as a smartphone or a tablet via the router 709. Furthermore, the amount of power required for each time period (or each hour) predicted by the prediction unit 712 can be confirmed using the display 706, electrical equipment, and portable electronic terminal.
(実施の形態6)
本実施の形態では、二次電池を車両に搭載する一例として、二輪車、自転車に本発明の一態様であるリチウムイオン電池を搭載する例を示す。本実施の形態で説明する二次電池及び制御回路において、実施の形態1で説明した蓄電モジュール100等の構成を用いることができる。
(Embodiment 6)
In this embodiment, as an example of mounting a secondary battery on a vehicle, an example will be shown in which a lithium ion battery, which is an embodiment of the present invention, is mounted on a two-wheeled vehicle or a bicycle. In the secondary battery and control circuit described in this embodiment, the configuration of power storage module 100 and the like described in Embodiment 1 can be used.
図26Aは、本発明の一態様の蓄電装置を用いた電動自転車の一例である。図26Aに示す電動自転車8700に、本発明の一態様の蓄電装置を適用することができる。本発明の一態様の蓄電装置は例えば、複数の蓄電池と、保護回路と、を有する。 FIG. 26A is an example of an electric bicycle using the power storage device of one embodiment of the present invention. The power storage device of one embodiment of the present invention can be applied to an electric bicycle 8700 illustrated in FIG. 26A. A power storage device according to one embodiment of the present invention includes, for example, a plurality of storage batteries and a protection circuit.
電動自転車8700は、蓄電装置8702を備える。蓄電装置8702は、運転者をアシストするモータに電気を供給することができる。また、蓄電装置8702は、持ち運びができ、図26Bに自転車から取り外した状態を示している。また、蓄電装置8702は、本発明の一態様の蓄電装置が有する蓄電池8701が複数内蔵されており、そのバッテリ残量などを表示部8703で表示できるようにしている。また蓄電装置8702は、実施の形態6に一例を示した二次電池の充電制御または異常検知が可能な制御回路8704を有する。制御回路8704は、蓄電池8701の正極及び負極と電気的に接続されている。 Electric bicycle 8700 includes a power storage device 8702. The power storage device 8702 can supply electricity to a motor that assists the driver. Further, the power storage device 8702 is portable, and FIG. 26B shows a state in which it is removed from the bicycle. Further, the power storage device 8702 has a plurality of built-in storage batteries 8701 included in the power storage device of one embodiment of the present invention, and can display the remaining battery level and the like on a display portion 8703. Power storage device 8702 also includes a control circuit 8704 that can control charging or detect abnormality of a secondary battery, an example of which is shown in Embodiment 6. The control circuit 8704 is electrically connected to the positive and negative electrodes of the storage battery 8701.
図26Cは、本発明の一態様の蓄電装置を用いた二輪車の一例である。図26Cに示すスクータ8600は、蓄電装置8602、サイドミラー8601、方向指示灯8603を備える。蓄電装置8602は、方向指示灯8603に電気を供給することができる。 FIG. 26C is an example of a two-wheeled vehicle using the power storage device of one embodiment of the present invention. A scooter 8600 shown in FIG. 26C includes a power storage device 8602, a side mirror 8601, and a direction indicator light 8603. The power storage device 8602 can supply electricity to the direction indicator light 8603.
また、図26Cに示すスクータ8600は、座席下収納8604に、蓄電装置8602を収納することができる。蓄電装置8602は、座席下収納8604が小型であっても、座席下収納8604に収納することができる。 Further, in the scooter 8600 shown in FIG. 26C, a power storage device 8602 can be stored in an under-seat storage 8604. The power storage device 8602 can be stored in the under-seat storage 8604 even if the under-seat storage 8604 is small.
(実施の形態7)
本実施の形態では、本発明の一態様である二次電池を電子機器に実装する例について説明する。二次電池を実装する電子機器として、例えば、テレビジョン装置(テレビ、又はテレビジョン受信機ともいう)、コンピュータ用などのモニタ、デジタルカメラ、デジタルビデオカメラ、デジタルフォトフレーム、携帯電話機(携帯電話、携帯電話装置ともいう)、携帯型ゲーム機、携帯情報端末、音響再生装置、パチンコ機などの大型ゲーム機などが挙げられる。携帯情報端末としてはノート型パーソナルコンピュータ、タブレット型端末、電子書籍端末、携帯電話機などがある。本実施の形態で説明する二次電池及び制御回路において、実施の形態1で説明した蓄電モジュール100等の構成を用いることができる。
(Embodiment 7)
In this embodiment, an example in which a secondary battery, which is one embodiment of the present invention, is mounted in an electronic device will be described. Examples of electronic devices incorporating secondary batteries include television devices (also called televisions or television receivers), computer monitors, digital cameras, digital video cameras, digital photo frames, mobile phones (mobile phones, Examples include mobile phone devices (also referred to as mobile phone devices), portable game machines, personal digital assistants, audio playback devices, and large game machines such as pachinko machines. Examples of portable information terminals include notebook personal computers, tablet terminals, electronic book terminals, and mobile phones. In the secondary battery and control circuit described in this embodiment, the configuration of power storage module 100 and the like described in Embodiment 1 can be used.
図27Aは、携帯電話機の一例を示している。携帯電話機2100は、筐体2101に組み込まれた表示部2102の他、操作ボタン2103、外部接続ポート2104、スピーカ2105、マイク2106などを備えている。なお、携帯電話機2100は、二次電池2107を有している。 FIG. 27A shows an example of a mobile phone. The mobile phone 2100 includes a display section 2102 built into a housing 2101, as well as operation buttons 2103, an external connection port 2104, a speaker 2105, a microphone 2106, and the like. Note that the mobile phone 2100 includes a secondary battery 2107.
携帯電話機2100は、移動電話、電子メール、文章閲覧及び作成、音楽再生、インターネット通信、コンピュータゲームなどの種々のアプリケーションを実行することができる。 The mobile phone 2100 can run various applications such as mobile telephony, e-mail, text viewing and creation, music playback, Internet communication, computer games, and so on.
操作ボタン2103は、時刻設定のほか、電源のオン、オフ動作、無線通信のオン、オフ動作、マナーモードの実行及び解除、省電力モードの実行及び解除など、様々な機能を持たせることができる。例えば、携帯電話機2100に組み込まれたオペレーティングシステムにより、操作ボタン2103の機能を自由に設定することもできる。 In addition to setting the time, the operation button 2103 can have various functions such as turning on and off the power, turning on and off wireless communication, executing and canceling silent mode, and executing and canceling power saving mode. . For example, the functions of the operation buttons 2103 can be freely set using the operating system built into the mobile phone 2100.
また、携帯電話機2100は、通信規格された近距離無線通信を実行することが可能である。例えば無線通信可能なヘッドセットと相互通信することによって、ハンズフリーで通話することもできる。 Furthermore, the mobile phone 2100 is capable of performing short-range wireless communication according to communication standards. For example, by communicating with a headset capable of wireless communication, it is also possible to make hands-free calls.
また、携帯電話機2100は、外部接続ポート2104を備え、他の情報端末とコネクタを介して直接データのやりとりを行うことができる。また外部接続ポート2104を介して充電を行うこともできる。なお、充電動作は外部接続ポート2104を介さずに無線給電により行ってもよい。 Furthermore, the mobile phone 2100 is equipped with an external connection port 2104, and can directly exchange data with other information terminals via a connector. Charging can also be performed via the external connection port 2104. Note that the charging operation may be performed by wireless power supply without using the external connection port 2104.
また、携帯電話機2100は、センサを有することが好ましい。センサとしては、例えば、指紋センサ、脈拍センサ、体温センサ等の人体センサ、タッチセンサ、加圧センサ、または加速度センサ等が搭載されることが好ましい。 Further, it is preferable that the mobile phone 2100 has a sensor. As the sensor, it is preferable to include, for example, a human body sensor such as a fingerprint sensor, a pulse sensor, a body temperature sensor, a touch sensor, a pressure sensor, an acceleration sensor, or the like.
図27Bは、複数のローター2302を有する無人航空機2300である。無人航空機2300はドローンと呼ばれることもある。無人航空機2300は、本発明の一態様である二次電池2301と、カメラ2303と、アンテナ(図示しない)を有する。無人航空機2300はアンテナを介して遠隔操作することができる。 FIG. 27B is an unmanned aircraft 2300 with multiple rotors 2302. Unmanned aerial vehicle 2300 is sometimes called a drone. Unmanned aircraft 2300 includes a secondary battery 2301, which is one embodiment of the present invention, a camera 2303, and an antenna (not shown). Unmanned aerial vehicle 2300 can be remotely controlled via an antenna.
図27Cは、ロボットの一例を示している。図27Cに示すロボット6400は、二次電池6409、照度センサ6401、マイクロフォン6402、上部カメラ6403、スピーカ6404、表示部6405、下部カメラ6406及び障害物センサ6407、移動機構6408、演算装置等を備える。 FIG. 27C shows an example of a robot. The robot 6400 shown in FIG. 27C includes a secondary battery 6409, an illuminance sensor 6401, a microphone 6402, an upper camera 6403, a speaker 6404, a display portion 6405, a lower camera 6406, an obstacle sensor 6407, a movement mechanism 6408, a calculation device, and the like.
マイクロフォン6402は、使用者の話し声及び環境音等を検知する機能を有する。また、スピーカ6404は、音声を発する機能を有する。ロボット6400は、マイクロフォン6402及びスピーカ6404を用いて、使用者とコミュニケーションをとることが可能である。 The microphone 6402 has a function of detecting the user's speaking voice, environmental sounds, and the like. Furthermore, the speaker 6404 has a function of emitting sound. The robot 6400 can communicate with a user using a microphone 6402 and a speaker 6404.
表示部6405は、種々の情報の表示を行う機能を有する。ロボット6400は、使用者の望みの情報を表示部6405に表示することが可能である。表示部6405は、タッチパネルを搭載していてもよい。また、表示部6405は取り外しのできる情報端末であっても良く、ロボット6400の定位置に設置することで、充電及びデータの受け渡しを可能とする。 The display unit 6405 has a function of displaying various information. The robot 6400 can display information desired by the user on the display section 6405. The display unit 6405 may include a touch panel. Further, the display unit 6405 may be a removable information terminal, and by installing it at a fixed position on the robot 6400, charging and data exchange are possible.
上部カメラ6403及び下部カメラ6406は、ロボット6400の周囲を撮像する機能を有する。また、障害物センサ6407は、移動機構6408を用いてロボット6400が前進する際の進行方向における障害物の有無を察知することができる。ロボット6400は、上部カメラ6403、下部カメラ6406及び障害物センサ6407を用いて、周囲の環境を認識し、安全に移動することが可能である。 The upper camera 6403 and the lower camera 6406 have a function of capturing images around the robot 6400. Further, the obstacle sensor 6407 can detect the presence or absence of an obstacle in the direction of movement of the robot 6400 when the robot 6400 moves forward using the moving mechanism 6408. The robot 6400 uses an upper camera 6403, a lower camera 6406, and an obstacle sensor 6407 to recognize the surrounding environment and can move safely.
ロボット6400は、その内部領域に本発明の一態様に係る二次電池6409と、半導体装置または電子部品を備える。 The robot 6400 includes a secondary battery 6409 according to one embodiment of the present invention and a semiconductor device or an electronic component in its internal area.
図27Dは、掃除ロボットの一例を示している。掃除ロボット6300は、筐体6301上面に配置された表示部6302、側面に配置された複数のカメラ6303、ブラシ6304、操作ボタン6305、二次電池6306、各種センサなどを有する。図示されていないが、掃除ロボット6300には、タイヤ、吸い込み口等が備えられている。掃除ロボット6300は自走し、ゴミ6310を検知し、下面に設けられた吸い込み口からゴミを吸引することができる。 FIG. 27D shows an example of a cleaning robot. The cleaning robot 6300 includes a display portion 6302 placed on the top surface of a housing 6301, a plurality of cameras 6303 placed on the side, a brush 6304, an operation button 6305, a secondary battery 6306, various sensors, and the like. Although not shown, the cleaning robot 6300 is equipped with tires, a suction port, and the like. The cleaning robot 6300 is self-propelled, detects dirt 6310, and can suck the dirt from a suction port provided on the bottom surface.
掃除ロボット6300は、カメラ6303が撮影した画像を解析し、壁、家具または段差などの障害物の有無を判断することができる。また、画像解析により、配線などブラシ6304に絡まりそうな物体を検知した場合は、ブラシ6304の回転を止めることができる。掃除ロボット6300は、その内部領域に本発明の一態様に係る二次電池6306と、半導体装置または電子部品を備える。 The cleaning robot 6300 can analyze the image taken by the camera 6303 and determine the presence or absence of obstacles such as walls, furniture, or steps. Furthermore, if an object such as wiring that is likely to become entangled with the brush 6304 is detected through image analysis, the rotation of the brush 6304 can be stopped. The cleaning robot 6300 includes a secondary battery 6306 according to one embodiment of the present invention and a semiconductor device or an electronic component in its internal area.
図28Aは、ウェアラブルデバイスの例を示している。ウェアラブルデバイスは、電源として二次電池を用いる。また、使用者が生活または屋外で使用する場合において、防沫性能、耐水性能または防塵性能を高めるため、接続するコネクタ部分が露出している有線による充電だけでなく、無線充電も行えるウェアラブルデバイスが望まれている。 FIG. 28A shows an example of a wearable device. Wearable devices use secondary batteries as a power source. In addition, wearable devices that can be charged wirelessly in addition to wired charging with exposed connectors are being developed to improve splash-proof, water-resistant, and dust-proof performance when used in daily life or outdoors. desired.
例えば、図28Aに示すような眼鏡型デバイス4000に本発明の一態様である二次電池を搭載することができる。眼鏡型デバイス4000は、フレーム4000aと、表示部4000bを有する。湾曲を有するフレーム4000aのテンプル部に二次電池を搭載することで、軽量であり、且つ、重量バランスがよく継続使用時間の長い眼鏡型デバイス4000とすることができる。 For example, a secondary battery, which is one embodiment of the present invention, can be mounted in a glasses-type device 4000 as shown in FIG. 28A. Glasses-type device 4000 includes a frame 4000a and a display portion 4000b. By mounting a secondary battery on the temple portion of the curved frame 4000a, the eyeglass-type device 4000 is lightweight, has good weight balance, and can be used for a long time.
また、ヘッドセット型デバイス4001に本発明の一態様である二次電池を搭載することができる。ヘッドセット型デバイス4001は、少なくともマイク部4001aと、フレキシブルパイプ4001bと、イヤフォン部4001cを有する。フレキシブルパイプ4001b内またはイヤフォン部4001c内に二次電池を設けることができる。 Further, a secondary battery, which is one embodiment of the present invention, can be mounted in the headset type device 4001. The headset type device 4001 includes at least a microphone section 4001a, a flexible pipe 4001b, and an earphone section 4001c. A secondary battery can be provided within the flexible pipe 4001b or within the earphone portion 4001c.
また、身体に直接取り付け可能なデバイス4002に本発明の一態様である二次電池を搭載することができる。デバイス4002の薄型の筐体4002aの中に、二次電池4002bを設けることができる。 Further, a secondary battery, which is one embodiment of the present invention, can be mounted in the device 4002 that can be directly attached to the body. A secondary battery 4002b can be provided in a thin housing 4002a of the device 4002.
また、衣服に取り付け可能なデバイス4003に本発明の一態様である二次電池を搭載することができる。デバイス4003の薄型の筐体4003aの中に、二次電池4003bを設けることができる。 Further, a secondary battery, which is one embodiment of the present invention, can be mounted on the device 4003 that can be attached to clothing. A secondary battery 4003b can be provided in a thin housing 4003a of the device 4003.
また、ベルト型デバイス4006に本発明の一態様である二次電池を搭載することができる。ベルト型デバイス4006は、ベルト部4006a及びワイヤレス給電受電部4006bを有し、ベルト部4006aの内部領域に、二次電池を搭載することができる。 Further, a secondary battery, which is one embodiment of the present invention, can be mounted on the belt-type device 4006. The belt-type device 4006 includes a belt portion 4006a and a wireless power receiving portion 4006b, and a secondary battery can be mounted in an internal area of the belt portion 4006a.
また、腕時計型デバイス4005に本発明の一態様である二次電池を搭載することができる。腕時計型デバイス4005は表示部4005a及びベルト部4005bを有し、表示部4005aまたはベルト部4005bに、二次電池を設けることができる。 Further, the wristwatch-type device 4005 can be equipped with a secondary battery, which is one embodiment of the present invention. The wristwatch type device 4005 has a display portion 4005a and a belt portion 4005b, and a secondary battery can be provided in the display portion 4005a or the belt portion 4005b.
表示部4005aには、時刻だけでなく、メールまたは電話の着信等、様々な情報を表示することができる。 The display section 4005a can display not only the time but also various information such as incoming mail or telephone calls.
また、腕時計型デバイス4005は、腕に直接巻きつけるタイプのウェアラブルデバイスであるため、使用者の脈拍、血圧等を測定するセンサを搭載してもよい。使用者の運動量及び健康に関するデータを蓄積し、健康を管理することができる。 Furthermore, since the wristwatch-type device 4005 is a wearable device that is worn directly around the arm, it may be equipped with a sensor that measures the user's pulse, blood pressure, and the like. It is possible to accumulate data on the amount of exercise and health of the user and manage his/her health.
図28Bに腕から取り外した腕時計型デバイス4005の斜視図を示す。 FIG. 28B shows a perspective view of wristwatch type device 4005 removed from the wrist.
また、側面図を図28Cに示す。図28Cには、内部領域に二次電池913を内蔵している様子を示している。二次電池913は実施の形態3に示した二次電池である。二次電池913は表示部4005aと重なる位置に設けられており、高密度、且つ、高容量とすることができ、小型、且つ、軽量である。 Further, a side view is shown in FIG. 28C. FIG. 28C shows a state in which a secondary battery 913 is built in the internal area. Secondary battery 913 is the secondary battery shown in Embodiment 3. The secondary battery 913 is provided at a position overlapping the display portion 4005a, and can have high density and high capacity, and is small and lightweight.
10A:蓄電装置、10B:蓄電装置、10:蓄電装置、11A:正極端子、11B:正極端子、11:正極端子、12A:負極端子、12B:負極端子、12:負極端子、21:ヒータ、22:温度センサ、30:回路基板、32:PTC素子、33:FET、34:抵抗素子、35A:TCO素子、35:TCO素子、36:FET、37:FET、39:PTC素子、40:FET、51:外部端子、52:外部端子、53:通信端子、54:通信端子、61:端子、62:端子、63:バイメタル、64:外装体、65:PTC部、100A:蓄電モジュール、100B:蓄電モジュール、100C:蓄電モジュール、100D:蓄電モジュール、100E:蓄電モジュール、100F:蓄電モジュール、100G:蓄電モジュール、100H:蓄電モジュール、100J:蓄電モジュール、100K:蓄電モジュール、100L:蓄電モジュール、100M:蓄電モジュール、100N:蓄電モジュール、100P:蓄電モジュール、100:蓄電モジュール、202A:トランジスタ、202B:トランジスタ、203A:ダイオード、203B:ダイオード、204A:端子、204B:端子、205A:端子、205B:端子、206A:端子、206B:端子、211:電極板、212:電極板、213:可変抵抗層、214:端子、215:端子、300:二次電池、301:正極缶、302:負極缶、303:ガスケット、304:正極、305:正極集電体、306:正極活物質層、307:負極、308:負極集電体、309:負極活物質層、310:セパレータ、312:ワッシャー、322:スペーサ、500:二次電池、501:正極集電体、502:正極活物質層、503:正極、504:負極集電体、505:負極活物質層、506:負極、507:セパレータ、509:外装体、510:正極リード電極、511:負極リード電極、513:二次電池、514:端子、515:シール、517:アンテナ、519:層、529:ラベル、531:二次電池パック、540:回路基板、551:リード、552:リード、590a:回路システム、590b:回路システム、590:制御回路、601:正極キャップ、602:電池缶、603:正極端子、604:正極、605:セパレータ、606:負極、607:負極端子、608:絶縁板、609:絶縁板、611:PTC素子、613:安全弁機構、614:導電板、615:蓄電モジュール、616:二次電池、620:制御回路、621:配線、622:配線、623:配線、624:導電体、625:導電体、626:配線、627:配線、628:導電板、701:商業用電源、703:分電盤、705:蓄電コントローラ、706:表示器、707:一般負荷、708:蓄電系負荷、709:ルータ、710:引込線取付部、711:計測部、712:予測部、713:計画部、790:制御装置、791:蓄電装置、796:床下空間部、799:建物、911a:端子、911b:端子、913:二次電池、930a:筐体、930b:筐体、930:筐体、931a:負極活物質層、931:負極、932a:正極活物質層、932:正極、933:セパレータ、950a:捲回体、950:捲回体、951:端子、952:端子、1300:角型二次電池、1301a:第1の蓄電装置、1301b:第1の蓄電装置、1302:バッテリコントローラ、1303:モータコントローラ、1304:モータ、1305:ギア、1306:DCDC回路、1307:電動パワステ、1308:ヒータ、1309:デフォッガ、1310:DCDC回路、1311:第2の蓄電装置、1312:インバータ、1313:オーディオ、1314:パワーウィンドウ、1315:ランプ類、1316:タイヤ、1317:リアモータ、1320:制御回路部、1321:制御回路部、1322:制御回路、1324:スイッチ部、1332:PTC素子、1413:固定部、1414:固定部、1415:蓄電モジュール、1421:配線、1422:配線、2001:自動車、2002:輸送車、2003:輸送車両、2004:航空機、2005:人工衛星、2100:携帯電話機、2101:筐体、2102:表示部、2103:操作ボタン、2104:外部接続ポート、2105:スピーカ、2106:マイク、2107:二次電池、2200:電池パック、2201:電池パック、2202:電池パック、2203:電池パック、2204:二次電池、2300:無人航空機、2301:二次電池、2302:ローター、2303:カメラ、2603:車両、2604:充電装置、2610:ソーラーパネル、2611:配線、2612:蓄電装置、4000a:フレーム、4000b:表示部、4000:眼鏡型デバイス、4001a:マイク部、4001b:フレキシブルパイプ、4001c:イヤフォン部、4001:ヘッドセット型デバイス、4002a:筐体、4002b:二次電池、4002:デバイス、4003a:筐体、4003b:二次電池、4003:デバイス、4005a:表示部、4005b:ベルト部、4005:腕時計型デバイス、4006a:ベルト部、4006b:ワイヤレス給電受電部、4006:ベルト型デバイス、6300:掃除ロボット、6301:筐体、6302:表示部、6303:カメラ、6304:ブラシ、6305:操作ボタン、6306:二次電池、6310:ゴミ、6400:ロボット、6401:照度センサ、6402:マイクロフォン、6403:上部カメラ、6404:スピーカ、6405:表示部、6406:下部カメラ、6407:障害物センサ、6408:移動機構、6409:二次電池、8600:スクータ、8601:サイドミラー、8602:蓄電装置、8603:方向指示灯、8604:座席下収納、8700:電動自転車、8701:蓄電池、8702:蓄電装置、8703:表示部、8704:制御回路 10A: Power storage device, 10B: Power storage device, 10: Power storage device, 11A: Positive terminal, 11B: Positive terminal, 11: Positive terminal, 12A: Negative terminal, 12B: Negative terminal, 12: Negative terminal, 21: Heater, 22 : temperature sensor, 30: circuit board, 32: PTC element, 33: FET, 34: resistance element, 35A: TCO element, 35: TCO element, 36: FET, 37: FET, 39: PTC element, 40: FET, 51: External terminal, 52: External terminal, 53: Communication terminal, 54: Communication terminal, 61: Terminal, 62: Terminal, 63: Bimetal, 64: Exterior body, 65: PTC section, 100A: Energy storage module, 100B: Energy storage Module, 100C: Energy storage module, 100D: Energy storage module, 100E: Energy storage module, 100F: Energy storage module, 100G: Energy storage module, 100H: Energy storage module, 100J: Energy storage module, 100K: Energy storage module, 100L: Energy storage module, 100M: Energy storage Module, 100N: Energy storage module, 100P: Energy storage module, 100: Energy storage module, 202A: Transistor, 202B: Transistor, 203A: Diode, 203B: Diode, 204A: Terminal, 204B: Terminal, 205A: Terminal, 205B: Terminal, 206A : terminal, 206B: terminal, 211: electrode plate, 212: electrode plate, 213: variable resistance layer, 214: terminal, 215: terminal, 300: secondary battery, 301: positive electrode can, 302: negative electrode can, 303: gasket , 304: positive electrode, 305: positive electrode current collector, 306: positive electrode active material layer, 307: negative electrode, 308: negative electrode current collector, 309: negative electrode active material layer, 310: separator, 312: washer, 322: spacer, 500 : Secondary battery, 501: Positive electrode current collector, 502: Positive electrode active material layer, 503: Positive electrode, 504: Negative electrode current collector, 505: Negative electrode active material layer, 506: Negative electrode, 507: Separator, 509: Exterior body, 510: positive lead electrode, 511: negative lead electrode, 513: secondary battery, 514: terminal, 515: seal, 517: antenna, 519: layer, 529: label, 531: secondary battery pack, 540: circuit board, 551: Lead, 552: Lead, 590a: Circuit system, 590b: Circuit system, 590: Control circuit, 601: Positive electrode cap, 602: Battery can, 603: Positive terminal, 604: Positive electrode, 605: Separator, 606: Negative electrode, 607: negative electrode terminal, 608: insulating plate, 609: insulating plate, 611: PTC element, 613: safety valve mechanism, 614: conductive plate, 615: power storage module, 616: secondary battery, 620: control circuit, 621: wiring, 622: Wiring, 623: Wiring, 624: Electric conductor, 625: Electric conductor, 626: Wiring, 627: Wiring, 628: Conductive plate, 701: Commercial power supply, 703: Distribution board, 705: Power storage controller, 706: Display device, 707: General load, 708: Power storage system load, 709: Router, 710: Lead line attachment section, 711: Measurement section, 712: Prediction section, 713: Planning section, 790: Control device, 791: Power storage device, 796 : Underfloor space, 799: Building, 911a: Terminal, 911b: Terminal, 913: Secondary battery, 930a: Housing, 930b: Housing, 930: Housing, 931a: Negative electrode active material layer, 931: Negative electrode, 932a : positive electrode active material layer, 932: positive electrode, 933: separator, 950a: wound body, 950: wound body, 951: terminal, 952: terminal, 1300: square secondary battery, 1301a: first power storage device, 1301b: first power storage device, 1302: battery controller, 1303: motor controller, 1304: motor, 1305: gear, 1306: DCDC circuit, 1307: electric power steering, 1308: heater, 1309: defogger, 1310: DCDC circuit, 1311 : second power storage device, 1312: inverter, 1313: audio, 1314: power window, 1315: lamps, 1316: tire, 1317: rear motor, 1320: control circuit section, 1321: control circuit section, 1322: control circuit, 1324: Switch section, 1332: PTC element, 1413: Fixed section, 1414: Fixed section, 1415: Energy storage module, 1421: Wiring, 1422: Wiring, 2001: Automobile, 2002: Transport vehicle, 2003: Transport vehicle, 2004: Aircraft , 2005: Artificial satellite, 2100: Mobile phone, 2101: Housing, 2102: Display section, 2103: Operation buttons, 2104: External connection port, 2105: Speaker, 2106: Microphone, 2107: Secondary battery, 2200: Battery pack , 2201: battery pack, 2202: battery pack, 2203: battery pack, 2204: secondary battery, 2300: unmanned aircraft, 2301: secondary battery, 2302: rotor, 2303: camera, 2603: vehicle, 2604: charging device, 2610: Solar panel, 2611: Wiring, 2612: Power storage device, 4000a: Frame, 4000b: Display section, 4000: Glasses type device, 4001a: Microphone section, 4001b: Flexible pipe, 4001c: Earphone section, 4001: Headset type device , 4002a: housing, 4002b: secondary battery, 4002: device, 4003a: housing, 4003b: secondary battery, 4003: device, 4005a: display section, 4005b: belt section, 4005: wristwatch type device, 4006a: belt part, 4006b: wireless power supply/reception unit, 4006: belt type device, 6300: cleaning robot, 6301: housing, 6302: display unit, 6303: camera, 6304: brush, 6305: operation button, 6306: secondary battery, 6310 : Garbage, 6400: Robot, 6401: Illuminance sensor, 6402: Microphone, 6403: Upper camera, 6404: Speaker, 6405: Display section, 6406: Lower camera, 6407: Obstacle sensor, 6408: Movement mechanism, 6409: Secondary Battery, 8600: Scooter, 8601: Side mirror, 8602: Power storage device, 8603: Turn signal light, 8604: Under seat storage, 8700: Electric bicycle, 8701: Storage battery, 8702: Power storage device, 8703: Display unit, 8704: Control circuit

Claims (10)

  1.  蓄電装置と、PTC素子と、ICと、第1の外部端子と、第2の外部端子と、を有し、
     前記蓄電装置は、正極端子と、負極端子と、を有し
     前記PTC素子は、第1の端子と、第2の端子と、を有し、
     前記ICは、第3の端子と、第4の端子と、を有し、
     前記第1の端子は、前記正極端子および前記第1の外部端子と電気的に接続され、
     前記第2の端子は、前記第3の端子と電気的に接続され、
     前記第4の端子は、前記負極端子および前記第2の外部端子と電気的に接続される、
     蓄電モジュール。
    It has a power storage device, a PTC element, an IC, a first external terminal, and a second external terminal,
    The power storage device has a positive terminal and a negative terminal; the PTC element has a first terminal and a second terminal;
    The IC has a third terminal and a fourth terminal,
    the first terminal is electrically connected to the positive terminal and the first external terminal,
    the second terminal is electrically connected to the third terminal,
    the fourth terminal is electrically connected to the negative terminal and the second external terminal;
    Energy storage module.
  2.  請求項1において、
     前記PTC素子は、過電流保護素子である、蓄電モジュール。
    In claim 1,
    The PTC element is an overcurrent protection element in a power storage module.
  3.  蓄電装置と、PTC素子と、ICと、NTC素子と、第1の外部端子と、第2の外部端子と、を有し、
     前記蓄電装置は、正極端子と、負極端子と、を有し
     前記PTC素子は、第1の端子と、第2の端子と、を有し、
     前記ICは、第3の端子と、第4の端子と、を有し、
     前記第1の端子は、前記正極端子および前記第1の外部端子と電気的に接続され、
     前記第2の端子は、前記第3の端子と電気的に接続され、
     前記第4の端子は、前記負極端子および前記第2の外部端子と電気的に接続され、
     前記NTC素子は、前記ICと電気的に接続される、蓄電モジュール。
    It has a power storage device, a PTC element, an IC, an NTC element, a first external terminal, and a second external terminal,
    The power storage device has a positive terminal and a negative terminal; the PTC element has a first terminal and a second terminal;
    The IC has a third terminal and a fourth terminal,
    the first terminal is electrically connected to the positive terminal and the first external terminal,
    the second terminal is electrically connected to the third terminal,
    the fourth terminal is electrically connected to the negative terminal and the second external terminal,
    The NTC element is a power storage module electrically connected to the IC.
  4.  請求項3において、
     前記PTC素子は、過電流保護素子であり、
     前記NTC素子は、温度センサである、蓄電モジュール。
    In claim 3,
    The PTC element is an overcurrent protection element,
    A power storage module in which the NTC element is a temperature sensor.
  5.  蓄電装置と、第1のPTC素子と、ICと、NTC素子と、第2のPTC素子と、第1の外部端子と、第2の外部端子と、を有し、
     前記蓄電装置は、正極端子と、負極端子と、を有し
     前記第1のPTC素子は、第1の端子と、第2の端子と、を有し、
     前記ICは、第3の端子と、第4の端子と、を有し、
     前記第1の端子は、前記正極端子および前記第1の外部端子と電気的に接続され、
     前記第2の端子は、前記第3の端子と電気的に接続され、
     前記第4の端子は、前記負極端子および前記第2の外部端子と電気的に接続され、
     前記NTC素子は、前記ICと電気的に接続され、
     前記第2のPTC素子は、前記ICと電気的に接続される、蓄電モジュール。
    It has a power storage device, a first PTC element, an IC, an NTC element, a second PTC element, a first external terminal, and a second external terminal,
    The power storage device has a positive terminal and a negative terminal; the first PTC element has a first terminal and a second terminal;
    The IC has a third terminal and a fourth terminal,
    the first terminal is electrically connected to the positive terminal and the first external terminal,
    the second terminal is electrically connected to the third terminal,
    the fourth terminal is electrically connected to the negative terminal and the second external terminal,
    The NTC element is electrically connected to the IC,
    The second PTC element is a power storage module electrically connected to the IC.
  6.  請求項5において、
     前記第1のPTC素子は、過電流保護素子であり、
     前記NTC素子は、温度センサであり、
     前記第2のPTC素子は、ヒータである、蓄電モジュール。
    In claim 5,
    The first PTC element is an overcurrent protection element,
    The NTC element is a temperature sensor,
    The second PTC element is a power storage module that is a heater.
  7.  請求項1乃至請求項6のいずれか一において、
     前記ICは、電池制御ICである、蓄電モジュール。
    In any one of claims 1 to 6,
    The IC is a power storage module that is a battery control IC.
  8.  請求項1乃至請求項6のいずれか一において、
     前記ICは、電池保護ICである、蓄電モジュール。
    In any one of claims 1 to 6,
    The IC is a power storage module that is a battery protection IC.
  9.  請求項1乃至請求項6のいずれか一において、
     前記ICは、マイクロコントローラを有する、蓄電モジュール。
    In any one of claims 1 to 6,
    The IC is a power storage module having a microcontroller.
  10.  請求項9において、
     前記マイクロコントローラは、CPU、メモリ、クロック発生回路、入力部、及び出力部を有する、蓄電モジュール。
    In claim 9,
    The microcontroller is a power storage module that includes a CPU, a memory, a clock generation circuit, an input section, and an output section.
PCT/IB2023/053316 2022-04-15 2023-04-03 Power storage module WO2023199158A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022-067759 2022-04-15
JP2022067759 2022-04-15

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023199158A1 true WO2023199158A1 (en) 2023-10-19

Family

ID=88329160

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/IB2023/053316 WO2023199158A1 (en) 2022-04-15 2023-04-03 Power storage module

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2023199158A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2014030340A (en) * 2012-06-27 2014-02-13 Semiconductor Energy Lab Co Ltd Power storage unit and photovoltaic power generation unit
CN104241716A (en) * 2014-09-21 2014-12-24 戴国群 Energy storage power supply of large-sized solar unmanned aerial vehicle
KR20200061029A (en) * 2018-11-23 2020-06-02 주식회사 엘지화학 Battery pack that can eliminate latch-up phenomenon

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2014030340A (en) * 2012-06-27 2014-02-13 Semiconductor Energy Lab Co Ltd Power storage unit and photovoltaic power generation unit
CN104241716A (en) * 2014-09-21 2014-12-24 戴国群 Energy storage power supply of large-sized solar unmanned aerial vehicle
KR20200061029A (en) * 2018-11-23 2020-06-02 주식회사 엘지화학 Battery pack that can eliminate latch-up phenomenon

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7338010B2 (en) lithium ion secondary battery
JP7277510B2 (en) Current collector for secondary battery
JP7174787B2 (en) Method for manufacturing power storage device
JP7284215B2 (en) Storage batteries, battery control units and electronics
JP2022180526A (en) Positive electrode manufacturing method
JP7263570B2 (en) METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING ELECTRODE FOR STORAGE BATTERY
US20150099161A1 (en) Power storage unit
JP2022045353A (en) Manufacturing method of secondary battery, and secondary battery
KR20220113292A (en) Method for manufacturing positive electrode active material, secondary battery, and vehicle
WO2023199158A1 (en) Power storage module
WO2023223125A1 (en) Electric power storage module
WO2024009172A1 (en) Battery charging method
WO2024003654A1 (en) Charging management system for secondary battery
US20230135556A1 (en) Secondary battery, electronic device, vehicle, and method for manufacturing secondary battery
WO2023047234A1 (en) Method for producing composite oxide and method for producing lithium ion battery
WO2023111755A1 (en) Battery
WO2023156868A1 (en) Secondary battery
WO2022195402A1 (en) Power storage device management system and electronic apparatus
WO2022112894A1 (en) Power storage system, vehicle, and electronic apparatus
WO2022038449A1 (en) Secondary cell, electronic device, and vehicle
WO2024084367A1 (en) Battery and method for producing battery
US20230129659A1 (en) Secondary battery, electronic device, and vehicle
WO2022172118A1 (en) Method for manufacturing electrode
US20230074610A1 (en) Secondary battery, formation method thereof, and vehicle
JP2022107169A (en) Manufacture method of cathode active material

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23787891

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1